--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: accel.h
+// Purpose: wxAcceleratorTable class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_
+#define _WX_ACCEL_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "accel.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/string.h"
+#include "wx/event.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorTable: public wxObject
+{
+DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable)
+public:
+ wxAcceleratorTable();
+ wxAcceleratorTable(int n, const wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]); // Load from array
+
+ // Copy constructors
+ wxAcceleratorTable(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
+ : wxObject()
+ { Ref(accel); }
+ wxAcceleratorTable(const wxAcceleratorTable* accel)
+ { if (accel) Ref(*accel); }
+
+ ~wxAcceleratorTable();
+
+ wxAcceleratorTable& operator = (const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
+ { if (*this == accel) return (*this); Ref(accel); return *this; }
+ bool operator == (const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
+ { return m_refData == accel.m_refData; }
+ bool operator != (const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
+ { return m_refData != accel.m_refData; }
+
+ bool Ok() const;
+
+ int GetCommand( wxKeyEvent &event );
+};
+
+// WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxAcceleratorTable) wxNullAcceleratorTable;
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_ACCEL_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: aga.h
+// Purpose: Gray Controls implementation
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+// NOT NEEDED ANYMORE
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: app.h
+// Purpose: wxApp class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_APP_H_
+#define _WX_APP_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "app.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/object.h"
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+#include "wx/event.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowMac;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxApp ;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxKeyEvent;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxLog;
+
+#define wxPRINT_WINDOWS 1
+#define wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT 2
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxApp*) wxTheApp;
+
+// Force an exit from main loop
+void WXDLLEXPORT wxExit();
+
+// Yield to other apps/messages
+bool WXDLLEXPORT wxYield();
+
+// Represents the application. Derive OnInit and declare
+// a new App object to start application
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxApp: public wxAppBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp)
+
+ wxApp();
+ virtual ~wxApp() {}
+
+ virtual int MainLoop();
+ virtual void ExitMainLoop();
+ virtual bool Pending() ;
+ virtual bool Dispatch() ;
+
+ virtual void Exit();
+
+ virtual bool Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded = FALSE);
+ virtual void WakeUpIdle();
+
+ virtual void SetPrintMode(int mode) { m_printMode = mode; }
+ virtual int GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; }
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+ // setting up all MacOS Specific Event-Handlers etc
+ virtual bool OnInitGui();
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+ // implementation only
+ void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
+ void OnEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event);
+ void OnQueryEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event);
+
+ // Windows only, but for compatibility...
+ inline void SetAuto3D(bool flag) { m_auto3D = flag; }
+ inline bool GetAuto3D() const { return m_auto3D; }
+
+protected:
+ bool m_showOnInit;
+ int m_printMode; // wxPRINT_WINDOWS, wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT
+ bool m_auto3D ; // Always use 3D controls, except
+ // where overriden
+public:
+
+ static bool sm_isEmbedded;
+ // Implementation
+ virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
+ virtual void CleanUp();
+
+ bool IsExiting() { return !m_keepGoing ; }
+#if TARGET_CARBON
+ // the installed application event handler
+ WXEVENTHANDLERREF MacGetEventHandler() { return m_macEventHandler ; }
+ WXEVENTHANDLERREF MacGetCurrentEventHandlerCallRef() { return m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef ; }
+ void MacSetCurrentEvent( WXEVENTREF event , WXEVENTHANDLERCALLREF handler )
+ { m_macCurrentEvent = event ; m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef = handler ; }
+#endif
+
+public:
+ static long sm_lastMessageTime;
+ static wxWindow* s_captureWindow ;
+ static int s_lastMouseDown ; // 0 = none , 1 = left , 2 = right
+ static WXHRGN s_macCursorRgn ;
+ static long s_lastModifiers ;
+
+ int m_nCmdShow;
+
+private:
+ bool m_keepGoing ;
+
+ // mac specifics
+#if TARGET_CARBON
+ WXEVENTHANDLERREF m_macEventHandler ;
+ WXEVENTHANDLERCALLREF m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef ;
+#endif
+ WXEVENTREF m_macCurrentEvent ;
+
+public:
+ static bool s_macSupportPCMenuShortcuts ;
+ static long s_macAboutMenuItemId ;
+ static long s_macPreferencesMenuItemId ;
+ static long s_macExitMenuItemId ;
+ static wxString s_macHelpMenuTitleName ;
+
+ static bool s_macHasAppearance ;
+ static long s_macAppearanceVersion ;
+ static bool s_macHasNavigation ;
+ static bool s_macNavigationVersion ;
+ static bool s_macHasWindowManager ;
+ static long s_macWindowManagerVersion ;
+ static bool s_macHasMenuManager ;
+ static long s_macMenuManagerVersion ;
+ static bool s_macHasDialogManager ;
+ static long s_macDialogManagerVersion ;
+
+ WXHRGN m_macCursorRgn ;
+ WXHRGN m_macSleepRgn ;
+ WXHRGN m_macHelpRgn ;
+
+ virtual void MacSuspend( bool convertClipboard ) ;
+ virtual void MacResume( bool convertClipboard ) ;
+ virtual void MacConvertPrivateToPublicScrap() ;
+ virtual void MacConvertPublicToPrivateScrap() ;
+
+ void MacDoOneEvent() ;
+ WXEVENTREF MacGetCurrentEvent() { return m_macCurrentEvent ; }
+ void MacHandleOneEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
+
+ // For embedded use. By default does nothing.
+ virtual void MacHandleUnhandledEvent( WXEVENTREF ev );
+
+#if !TARGET_CARBON
+ virtual void MacHandleMenuSelect( int menuid , int menuitem ) ;
+ virtual void MacHandleMouseUpEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
+ virtual void MacHandleOSEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
+ virtual void MacHandleDiskEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
+ virtual void MacHandleActivateEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
+ virtual void MacHandleUpdateEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
+ virtual void MacHandleMouseDownEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
+
+ void MacHandleModifierEvents( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
+
+ virtual void MacHandleKeyDownEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
+ virtual void MacHandleKeyUpEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
+ virtual void MacHandleHighLevelEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
+
+#else
+ virtual void MacHandleMouseMovedEvent( wxInt32 x , wxInt32 y ,wxUint32 modifiers , long timestamp ) ;
+#endif
+
+ void MacHandleMenuCommand( wxUint32 command ) ;
+ bool MacSendKeyDownEvent( wxWindow* focus , long keyval , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey ) ;
+ bool MacSendKeyUpEvent( wxWindow* focus , long keyval , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey ) ;
+
+ virtual short MacHandleAEODoc(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
+ virtual short MacHandleAEPDoc(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
+ virtual short MacHandleAEOApp(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
+ virtual short MacHandleAEQuit(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
+ virtual short MacHandleAERApp(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
+
+ // in response of an open-document apple event
+ virtual void MacOpenFile(const wxString &fileName) ;
+ // in response of a print-document apple event
+ virtual void MacPrintFile(const wxString &fileName) ;
+ // in response of a open-application apple event
+ virtual void MacNewFile() ;
+ // in response of a reopen-application apple event
+ virtual void MacReopenApp() ;
+
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxStAppResource
+{
+public:
+ wxStAppResource() ;
+ ~wxStAppResource() ;
+
+ // opaque pointer for CFragInitBlock
+ static void OpenSharedLibraryResource(const void *) ;
+ static void CloseSharedLibraryResource() ;
+
+private:
+ short m_currentRefNum ;
+} ;
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_APP_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wx/mac/apptbase.h
+// Purpose: declaration of wxAppTraits for Mac systems
+// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by: Stefan Csomor
+// Created: 23.06.2003
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MAC_APPTBASE_H_
+#define _WX_MAC_APPTBASE_H_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxAppTraits: the Mac version adds extra hooks needed by Mac code
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxAppTraits : public wxAppTraitsBase
+{
+public:
+ // wxExecute() support methods
+ // ---------------------------
+
+ // TODO
+
+ // wxThread helpers
+ // ----------------
+
+
+ // TODO
+
+ // other miscellaneous helpers
+ // ---------------------------
+
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_MAC_APPTBASE_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wx/mac/apptrait.h
+// Purpose: standard implementations of wxAppTraits for MacOS
+// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by: Stefan Csomor
+// Created: 23.06.2003
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MAC_APPTRAIT_H_
+#define _WX_MAC_APPTRAIT_H_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxGUI/ConsoleAppTraits: must derive from wxAppTraits, not wxAppTraitsBase
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxConsoleAppTraits : public wxConsoleAppTraitsBase
+{
+public:
+ // other miscellaneous helpers
+ // ---------------------------
+
+ virtual wxToolkitInfo& GetToolkitInfo();
+};
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGUIAppTraits : public wxGUIAppTraitsBase
+{
+public:
+ // other miscellaneous helpers
+ // ---------------------------
+
+ virtual wxToolkitInfo& GetToolkitInfo();
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+#endif // _WX_MAC_APPTRAIT_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: bitmap.h
+// Purpose: wxBitmap class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_
+#define _WX_BITMAP_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+ #pragma interface "bitmap.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/palette.h"
+
+// Bitmap
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxControl;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxImage;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPixelDataBase;
+
+// A mask is a bitmap used for drawing bitmaps
+// it can be a monochrome bitmap or a multi-bit bitmap which transfers to alpha channels
+// transparently.
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMask: public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask)
+ DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMask)
+
+public:
+ wxMask();
+
+ // Construct a mask from a bitmap and a colour indicating
+ // the transparent area
+ wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
+
+ // Construct a mask from a bitmap and a palette index indicating
+ // the transparent area
+ wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex);
+
+ // Construct a mask from a mono bitmap (copies the bitmap).
+ wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
+
+ ~wxMask();
+
+ bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
+ bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex);
+ bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
+
+ // Implementation
+ bool PointMasked(int x, int y);
+ inline WXHBITMAP GetMaskBitmap() const { return m_maskBitmap; }
+ inline void SetMaskBitmap(WXHBITMAP bmp) { m_maskBitmap = bmp; }
+ int GetDepth() const { return m_depth ; }
+ void SetDepth( int depth ) { m_depth = depth ; }
+protected:
+ WXHBITMAP m_maskBitmap;
+ int m_depth ;
+};
+
+enum { kMacBitmapTypeUnknownType , kMacBitmapTypeGrafWorld, kMacBitmapTypePict , kMacBitmapTypeIcon } ;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapRefData: public wxGDIRefData
+{
+ DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapRefData)
+
+ friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
+ friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
+ friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor;
+public:
+ wxBitmapRefData();
+ ~wxBitmapRefData();
+
+public:
+ int m_width;
+ int m_height;
+ int m_depth;
+ bool m_ok;
+ int m_numColors;
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+ wxPalette m_bitmapPalette;
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+ int m_quality;
+
+ int m_bitmapType ;
+ WXHMETAFILE m_hPict ;
+ WXHBITMAP m_hBitmap;
+ WXHICON m_hIcon ;
+ wxMask * m_bitmapMask; // Optional mask
+ bool m_hasAlpha;
+};
+
+#define M_BITMAPDATA ((wxBitmapRefData *)m_refData)
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler: public wxBitmapHandlerBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapHandler)
+public:
+ wxBitmapHandler() : m_name(), m_extension(), m_type(0) { }
+ virtual ~wxBitmapHandler();
+
+ virtual bool Create(wxBitmap *bitmap, void *data, long flags, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
+ virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
+ int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight);
+ virtual bool SaveFile(const wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, int type, const wxPalette *palette = NULL);
+
+ void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
+ void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
+ void SetType(long type) { m_type = type; }
+ wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
+ wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
+ long GetType() const { return m_type; }
+
+protected:
+ wxString m_name;
+ wxString m_extension;
+ long m_type;
+};
+
+#define M_BITMAPHANDLERDATA ((wxBitmapRefData *)bitmap->GetRefData())
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap: public wxBitmapBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap)
+
+ friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler;
+
+public:
+ wxBitmap(); // Platform-specific
+
+ // Copy constructors
+ wxBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
+ : wxBitmapBase()
+ { Ref(bitmap); }
+
+ // Initialize with raw data.
+ wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1);
+
+ // Initialize with XPM data
+ bool CreateFromXpm(const char **bits);
+ wxBitmap(const char **bits);
+ wxBitmap(char **bits);
+
+ // Load a file or resource
+ wxBitmap(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT_RESOURCE);
+
+ // Constructor for generalised creation from data
+ wxBitmap(void *data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
+
+ // If depth is omitted, will create a bitmap compatible with the display
+ wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
+
+ // Convert from wxImage:
+ wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = -1);
+
+ ~wxBitmap();
+
+ wxImage ConvertToImage() const;
+
+ // get the given part of bitmap
+ wxBitmap GetSubBitmap( const wxRect& rect ) const;
+
+ virtual bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
+ virtual bool Create(void *data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
+ virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE);
+ virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type, const wxPalette *cmap = NULL) const;
+
+ // copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap
+ virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
+
+ bool Ok() const;
+ int GetWidth() const;
+ int GetHeight() const;
+ int GetDepth() const;
+ int GetQuality() const;
+ void SetWidth(int w);
+ void SetHeight(int h);
+ void SetDepth(int d);
+ void SetQuality(int q);
+ void SetOk(bool isOk);
+
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+ wxPalette* GetPalette() const;
+ void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+
+ wxMask *GetMask() const;
+ void SetMask(wxMask *mask) ;
+
+ int GetBitmapType() const;
+
+ inline wxBitmap& operator = (const wxBitmap& bitmap) { if (*this == bitmap) return (*this); Ref(bitmap); return *this; }
+ inline bool operator == (const wxBitmap& bitmap) const { return m_refData == bitmap.m_refData; }
+ inline bool operator != (const wxBitmap& bitmap) const { return m_refData != bitmap.m_refData; }
+
+ static void InitStandardHandlers();
+
+ // raw bitmap access support functions, for internal use only
+ void *GetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data, int bpp);
+ void UngetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data);
+
+ void UseAlpha();
+
+public:
+ WXHBITMAP GetHBITMAP() const;
+ inline WXHICON GetHICON() const { return (M_BITMAPDATA ? M_BITMAPDATA->m_hIcon : 0); }
+ WXHMETAFILE GetPict(bool *created = NULL ) const;
+
+ void SetHBITMAP(WXHBITMAP bmp);
+ void SetHICON(WXHICON ico);
+ void SetPict( WXHMETAFILE pict ) ;
+
+ bool FreeResource(bool force = FALSE);
+};
+#endif
+ // _WX_BITMAP_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: bmpbuttn.h
+// Purpose: wxBitmapButton class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
+#define _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "bmpbuttn.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/button.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxButtonNameStr;
+
+#define wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN 4
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapButton: public wxBitmapButtonBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButton)
+
+public:
+ wxBitmapButton()
+ {
+ SetMargins(wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN, wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN);
+ }
+
+ wxBitmapButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
+
+ virtual void SetBitmapLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
+
+/*
+ // TODO: Implementation
+ virtual bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item);
+ virtual void DrawFace( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool sel );
+ virtual void DrawButtonFocus( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool sel );
+ virtual void DrawButtonDisable( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool with_marg );
+*/
+
+protected:
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: brush.h
+// Purpose: wxBrush class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_
+#define _WX_BRUSH_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "brush.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrush;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ kwxMacBrushColour ,
+ kwxMacBrushTheme ,
+ kwxMacBrushThemeBackground
+} wxMacBrushKind ;
+
+// Brush
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrush: public wxGDIObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush)
+
+public:
+ wxBrush();
+ wxBrush(short macThemeBrush ) ;
+ wxBrush(const wxColour& col, int style = wxSOLID);
+ wxBrush(const wxBitmap& stipple);
+ wxBrush(const wxBrush& brush)
+ : wxGDIObject()
+ { Ref(brush); }
+ ~wxBrush();
+
+ virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& col) ;
+ virtual void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) ;
+ virtual void SetStyle(int style) ;
+ virtual void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple) ;
+ virtual void SetMacTheme(short macThemeBrush) ;
+ virtual void SetMacThemeBackground(unsigned long macThemeBackground , WXRECTPTR extent) ;
+
+ wxBrush& operator = (const wxBrush& brush)
+ { if (*this == brush) return (*this); Ref(brush); return *this; }
+ bool operator == (const wxBrush& brush)
+ { return m_refData == brush.m_refData; }
+ bool operator != (const wxBrush& brush)
+ { return m_refData != brush.m_refData; }
+
+ wxMacBrushKind MacGetBrushKind() const ;
+
+ unsigned long GetMacThemeBackground(WXRECTPTR extent) const ;
+ short GetMacTheme() const ;
+ wxColour& GetColour() const ;
+ int GetStyle() const ;
+ wxBitmap *GetStipple() const ;
+
+ virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
+
+// Implementation
+
+ // Useful helper: create the brush resource
+ bool RealizeResource();
+
+ // When setting properties, we must make sure we're not changing
+ // another object
+ void Unshare();
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_BRUSH_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: button.h
+// Purpose: wxButton class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_BUTTON_H_
+#define _WX_BUTTON_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "button.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxButtonNameStr;
+
+// Pushbutton
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxButton: public wxButtonBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButton)
+ public:
+ inline wxButton() {}
+ inline wxButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
+
+ virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
+ static wxSize GetDefaultSize();
+
+ virtual void SetDefault();
+ virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+protected:
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_BUTTON_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: checkbox.h
+// Purpose: wxCheckBox class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
+#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "checkbox.h"
+#endif
+
+// Checkbox item (single checkbox)
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBox : public wxCheckBoxBase
+{
+public:
+ wxCheckBox() { }
+ wxCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
+ virtual void SetValue(bool);
+ virtual bool GetValue() const;
+
+ void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState val);
+ virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const;
+
+ virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown );
+ virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBox)
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapCheckBox: public wxCheckBox
+{
+public:
+ int checkWidth;
+ int checkHeight;
+
+ wxBitmapCheckBox()
+ : checkWidth(-1), checkHeight(-1)
+ { }
+
+ wxBitmapCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap *label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap *bitmap,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
+ virtual void SetValue(bool);
+ virtual bool GetValue() const;
+ virtual void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
+ virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap *bitmap);
+ virtual void SetLabel( const wxString & WXUNUSED(name) ) {}
+
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapCheckBox)
+};
+#endif
+ // _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: checklst.h
+// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class - a listbox with checkable items
+// Note: this is an optional class.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CHECKLST_H_
+#define _WX_CHECKLST_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "checklst.h"
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__UNIX__)
+typedef unsigned int size_t;
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckListBox : public wxCheckListBoxBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckListBox)
+public:
+ // ctors
+ wxCheckListBox() { Init(); }
+ wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ int nStrings = 0,
+ const wxString *choices = NULL,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
+ {
+ Init();
+
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, nStrings, choices, style, validator, name);
+ }
+ wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ const wxArrayString& choices,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
+ {
+ Init();
+
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ int nStrings = 0,
+ const wxString *choices = NULL,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ const wxArrayString& choices,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
+
+ // items may be checked
+ bool IsChecked(size_t uiIndex) const;
+ void Check(size_t uiIndex, bool bCheck = TRUE);
+ void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) ;
+ void OnLeftClick(wxMouseEvent& event) ;
+
+ // metrics
+ wxInt32 m_checkBoxWidth;
+ wxInt32 m_checkBoxHeight;
+ wxInt32 m_TextBaseLineOffset;
+
+ // the array containing the checked status of the items
+ wxArrayInt m_checks;
+
+ // override all methods which add/delete items to update m_checks array as
+ // well
+ virtual void Delete(int n);
+protected:
+ virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
+ virtual void DoInsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, int pos);
+ virtual void DoSetItems(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData);
+ virtual void DoClear();
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+private:
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_CHECKLST_H_
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Name: wx/mac/chkconf.h
+ * Purpose: Compiler-specific configuration checking
+ * Author: Julian Smart
+ * Modified by:
+ * Created: 01/02/97
+ * RCS-ID: $Id$
+ * Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+ * Licence: wxWindows licence
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WX_MAC_CHKCONF_H_
+#define _WX_MAC_CHKCONF_H_
+
+/*
+ * disable the settings which don't work for some compilers
+ */
+
+/*
+ * wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS doesn't work with CodeWarrior
+ */
+
+#if defined(__MWERKS__)
+ #undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
+ #define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
+#endif
+
+#endif
+ /* _WX_MAC_CHKCONF_H_ */
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: choice.h
+// Purpose: wxChoice class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_
+#define _WX_CHOICE_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "choice.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+#include "wx/dynarray.h"
+#include "wx/arrstr.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxChoiceNameStr;
+
+WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( char * , wxChoiceDataArray ) ;
+
+// Choice item
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoice: public wxChoiceBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoice)
+
+public:
+ wxChoice()
+ : m_strings(), m_datas(), m_macPopUpMenuHandle(NULL)
+ {}
+
+ virtual ~wxChoice() ;
+
+ wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
+ }
+ wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ const wxArrayString& choices,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ const wxArrayString& choices,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
+
+ // implement base class pure virtuals
+ virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
+ virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, int pos);
+ virtual void Delete(int n);
+ virtual void Clear();
+
+ virtual int GetCount() const ;
+ virtual int GetSelection() const ;
+ virtual void SetSelection(int n);
+
+ virtual int FindString(const wxString& s) const;
+ virtual wxString GetString(int n) const ;
+ virtual void SetString( int , const wxString& s ) ;
+ void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
+
+protected:
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
+
+public: // for wxComboBox only
+ virtual void DoSetItemClientData( int n, void* clientData );
+ virtual void* DoGetItemClientData( int n ) const;
+ virtual void DoSetItemClientObject( int n, wxClientData* clientData );
+ virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject( int n ) const;
+
+protected:
+ // free all memory we have (used by Clear() and dtor)
+ // prevent collision with some BSD definitions of macro Free()
+ void FreeData();
+
+ wxArrayString m_strings;
+ wxChoiceDataArray m_datas ;
+ WXHMENU m_macPopUpMenuHandle ;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_CHOICE_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: clipbrd.h
+// Purpose: Clipboard functionality.
+// Note: this functionality is under review, and
+// is derived from wxWindows 1.xx code. Please contact
+// the wxWindows developers for further information.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
+#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "clipbrd.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
+
+#include "wx/list.h"
+#include "wx/module.h"
+#include "wx/dataobj.h" // for wxDataFormat
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxClipboard
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObject;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxClipboard : public wxClipboardBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard)
+
+public:
+ wxClipboard();
+ ~wxClipboard();
+
+ // open the clipboard before SetData() and GetData()
+ virtual bool Open();
+
+ // close the clipboard after SetData() and GetData()
+ virtual void Close();
+
+ // query whether the clipboard is opened
+ virtual bool IsOpened() const;
+
+ // set the clipboard data. all other formats will be deleted.
+ virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data );
+
+ // add to the clipboard data.
+ virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data );
+
+ // ask if data in correct format is available
+ virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format );
+
+ // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available)
+ virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data );
+
+ // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible
+ virtual void Clear();
+
+ // flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on
+ // clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly
+ // eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit
+ virtual bool Flush();
+
+ // X11 has two clipboards which get selected by this call. Empty on MSW.
+ void UsePrimarySelection( bool WXUNUSED(primary) = FALSE ) { }
+
+private:
+ wxDataObject *m_data;
+ bool m_open;
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: colordlg.h
+// Purpose: wxColourDialog class. Use generic version if no
+// platform-specific implementation.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_
+#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "colordlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+#include "wx/dialog.h"
+#include "wx/cmndata.h"
+
+/*
+ * Platform-specific colour dialog implementation
+ */
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourDialog: public wxDialog
+{
+DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourDialog)
+public:
+ wxColourDialog();
+ wxColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
+
+ int ShowModal();
+ wxColourData& GetColourData() { return m_colourData; }
+
+protected:
+ wxColourData m_colourData;
+ wxWindow* m_dialogParent;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_COLORDLG_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: colour.h
+// Purpose: wxColour class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_
+#define _WX_COLOUR_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "colour.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/object.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+
+// Colour
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxColour: public wxObject
+{
+public:
+ // ctors
+ // default
+ wxColour() { Init(); }
+ // from RGB
+ wxColour( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue )
+ { Set(red, green, blue); }
+ wxColour( unsigned long colRGB )
+ { Set(colRGB); }
+
+ // implicit conversion from the colour name
+ wxColour( const wxString &colourName )
+ { InitFromName(colourName); }
+ wxColour( const wxChar *colourName )
+ { InitFromName(colourName); }
+
+ // copy ctors and assignment operators
+ wxColour( const wxColour& col );
+ wxColour( const wxColour* col );
+ wxColour& operator = ( const wxColour& col );
+
+ // dtor
+ ~wxColour();
+
+ // Set() functions
+ void Set( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue );
+ void Set( unsigned long colRGB )
+ {
+ // we don't need to know sizeof(long) here because we assume that the three
+ // least significant bytes contain the R, G and B values
+ Set((unsigned char)colRGB,
+ (unsigned char)(colRGB >> 8),
+ (unsigned char)(colRGB >> 16));
+ }
+
+ // accessors
+ bool Ok() const {return m_isInit; }
+
+ unsigned char Red() const { return m_red; }
+ unsigned char Green() const { return m_green; }
+ unsigned char Blue() const { return m_blue; }
+
+ // comparison
+ bool operator == (const wxColour& colour) const
+ {
+ return (m_isInit == colour.m_isInit
+ && m_red == colour.m_red
+ && m_green == colour.m_green
+ && m_blue == colour.m_blue);
+ }
+ bool operator != (const wxColour& colour) const { return !(*this == colour); }
+
+ const WXCOLORREF& GetPixel() const { return m_pixel; };
+
+ void InitFromName(const wxString& col);
+
+protected :
+
+ // Helper function
+ void Init();
+
+private:
+ bool m_isInit;
+ unsigned char m_red;
+ unsigned char m_blue;
+ unsigned char m_green;
+
+public:
+ WXCOLORREF m_pixel ;
+ void Set( const WXCOLORREF* color ) ;
+
+private:
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour)
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_COLOUR_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: combobox.h
+// Purpose: wxComboBox class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
+#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "combobox.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/textctrl.h"
+#include "wx/choice.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxComboBoxNameStr;
+
+// Combobox item
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboBox : public wxControl, public wxComboBoxBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboBox)
+
+ public:
+ inline wxComboBox() {}
+ virtual ~wxComboBox();
+ // override the base class virtuals involved in geometry calculations
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+ virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
+
+ // forward these functions to all subcontrols
+ virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE);
+ virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
+ virtual void SetFocus();
+
+ // callback functions
+ virtual void DelegateTextChanged( const wxString& value );
+ virtual void DelegateChoice( const wxString& value );
+
+ inline wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
+ }
+ inline wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& value,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ const wxArrayString& choices,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& value,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ const wxArrayString& choices,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
+
+ // List functions
+ virtual void Delete(int n);
+ virtual void Clear();
+
+ virtual int GetSelection() const ;
+ virtual void SetSelection(int n);
+ virtual void Select(int n) { SetSelection(n) ; }
+ virtual int FindString(const wxString& s) const;
+ virtual wxString GetString(int n) const ;
+ virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const ;
+ virtual void SetString(int n, const wxString& s) ;
+ virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& sel);
+
+ // Text field functions
+ virtual wxString GetValue() const ;
+ virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
+
+ // Clipboard operations
+ virtual void Copy();
+ virtual void Cut();
+ virtual void Paste();
+ virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
+ virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
+ virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const ;
+ virtual long GetLastPosition() const ;
+ virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
+ virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
+ virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
+ virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
+ virtual int GetCount() const { return m_choice->GetCount() ; }
+ void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
+
+ wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST
+
+protected:
+ virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item) ;
+ virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, int pos) ;
+
+ virtual void DoSetItemClientData(int n, void* clientData) ;
+ virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(int n) const ;
+ virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(int n, wxClientData* clientData) ;
+ virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(int n) const ;
+
+ void FreeData();
+
+ // the subcontrols
+ wxTextCtrl* m_text;
+ wxChoice* m_choice;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: control.h
+// Purpose: wxControl class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_
+#define _WX_CONTROL_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "control.h"
+#endif
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxControlNameStr;
+
+// General item class
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxControl : public wxControlBase
+{
+ DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControl)
+
+public:
+ wxControl();
+ wxControl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr);
+ virtual ~wxControl();
+
+ // Simulates an event
+ virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); }
+
+ // implementation from now on
+ // --------------------------
+
+ // Calls the callback and appropriate event handlers
+ bool ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event);
+ virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& title) ;
+
+ wxList& GetSubcontrols() { return m_subControls; }
+
+ void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
+
+ virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE) ;
+ virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE) ;
+ virtual void DoSetWindowVariant( wxWindowVariant variant ) ;
+
+ virtual void MacRedrawControl () ;
+ virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
+ virtual void MacPreControlCreate( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, wxString label ,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size, long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name ,
+ WXRECTPTR outBounds ,
+ unsigned char* maclabel ) ;
+ virtual void MacPostControlCreate() ;
+ virtual void MacAdjustControlRect() ;
+ virtual WXWidget MacGetContainerForEmbedding() ;
+ virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition() ;
+ virtual void MacSuperEnabled( bool enabled ) ;
+ virtual void MacSuperShown( bool show ) ;
+ virtual bool MacCanFocus() const ;
+ virtual void MacUpdateDimensions() ;
+ void* MacGetControlAction() { return m_macControlAction ; }
+
+ virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,int width, int height,int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO ) ;
+ void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent &event ) ;
+ void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent &event ) ;
+ void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) ;
+ virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBack = TRUE, const wxRect *rect = NULL) ;
+ WXWidget GetMacControl() { return m_macControl ;}
+
+protected:
+ // For controls like radiobuttons which are really composite
+ WXWidget m_macControl ;
+ void* m_macControlAction ;
+ bool m_macControlIsShown ;
+ wxList m_subControls;
+ int m_macHorizontalBorder ;
+ int m_macVerticalBorder ;
+
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+
+private:
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+
+wxControl *wxFindControlFromMacControl(WXWidget inControl ) ;
+void wxAssociateControlWithMacControl(WXWidget inControl, wxControl *control) ;
+void wxRemoveMacControlAssociation(wxControl *control) ;
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_CONTROL_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: cursor.h
+// Purpose: wxCursor class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_
+#define _WX_CURSOR_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "cursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursorRefData: public wxBitmapRefData
+{
+ DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCursorRefData)
+
+ friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
+ friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor;
+public:
+ wxCursorRefData();
+ ~wxCursorRefData();
+
+protected:
+ WXHCURSOR m_hCursor;
+ bool m_disposeHandle;
+ bool m_releaseHandle;
+ bool m_isColorCursor ;
+ long m_themeCursor ;
+};
+
+#define M_CURSORDATA ((wxCursorRefData *)m_refData)
+#define M_CURSORHANDLERDATA ((wxCursorRefData *)bitmap->m_refData)
+
+// Cursor
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor: public wxBitmap
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor)
+
+public:
+ wxCursor();
+
+ // Copy constructors
+ wxCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
+ : wxBitmap()
+ { Ref(cursor); }
+
+ wxCursor(const char bits[], int width, int height, int hotSpotX = -1, int hotSpotY = -1,
+ const char maskBits[] = NULL);
+
+ wxCursor(const wxImage & image) ;
+ wxCursor(const char **bits) ;
+ wxCursor(char **bits) ;
+ wxCursor(const wxString& name, long flags = wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE,
+ int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0);
+
+ wxCursor(int cursor_type);
+ ~wxCursor();
+
+ bool CreateFromXpm(const char **bits) ;
+ virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL && ( M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor != NULL || M_CURSORDATA->m_themeCursor != -1 ) ) ; }
+
+ inline wxCursor& operator = (const wxCursor& cursor) { if (*this == cursor) return (*this); Ref(cursor); return *this; }
+ inline bool operator == (const wxCursor& cursor) { return m_refData == cursor.m_refData; }
+ inline bool operator != (const wxCursor& cursor) { return m_refData != cursor.m_refData; }
+
+ void MacInstall() const ;
+
+ void SetHCURSOR(WXHCURSOR cursor);
+ inline WXHCURSOR GetHCURSOR() const { return (M_CURSORDATA ? M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor : 0); }
+private :
+ void CreateFromImage(const wxImage & image) ;
+};
+
+extern WXDLLEXPORT void wxSetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor);
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_CURSOR_H_
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: mac/dataform.h
+// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataFormat class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor (lifted from dnd.h)
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 10/21/99
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1999 Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H
+#define _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataFormat
+{
+public:
+ typedef unsigned long NativeFormat;
+
+ wxDataFormat();
+ wxDataFormat(wxDataFormatId vType);
+ wxDataFormat(const wxString& rId);
+ wxDataFormat(const wxChar* pId);
+ wxDataFormat(NativeFormat vFormat);
+
+ wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat vFormat)
+ { SetId(vFormat); return *this; }
+
+ // comparison (must have both versions)
+ bool operator==(NativeFormat format) const
+ { return m_format == (NativeFormat)format; }
+ bool operator!=(NativeFormat format) const
+ { return m_format != (NativeFormat)format; }
+ bool operator==(wxDataFormatId format) const
+ { return m_type == (wxDataFormatId)format; }
+ bool operator!=(wxDataFormatId format) const
+ { return m_type != (wxDataFormatId)format; }
+
+ // explicit and implicit conversions to NativeFormat which is one of
+ // standard data types (implicit conversion is useful for preserving the
+ // compatibility with old code)
+ NativeFormat GetFormatId() const { return m_format; }
+ operator NativeFormat() const { return m_format; }
+
+ void SetId(NativeFormat format);
+
+ // string ids are used for custom types - this SetId() must be used for
+ // application-specific formats
+ wxString GetId() const;
+ void SetId(const wxChar* pId);
+
+ // implementation
+ wxDataFormatId GetType() const { return m_type; }
+ void SetType( wxDataFormatId type );
+
+private:
+ wxDataFormatId m_type;
+ NativeFormat m_format;
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: mac/dataobj.h
+// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataObject
+// Author: Stefan Csomor (adapted from Robert Roebling's gtk port)
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 10/21/99
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_
+#define _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+ #pragma interface "dataobj.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDataObject is the same as wxDataObjectBase under wxGTK
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObject : public wxDataObjectBase
+{
+public:
+ wxDataObject();
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+ ~wxDataObject() { }
+#endif
+
+ virtual bool IsSupportedFormat( const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get ) const;
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: os2/dataobj2.h
+// Purpose: declaration of standard wxDataObjectSimple-derived classes
+// Author: David Webster (adapted from Robert Roebling's gtk port
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 10/21/99
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ2_H_
+#define _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ2_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+ #pragma interface "dataobj.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxBitmapDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for bitmaps
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapDataObject : public wxBitmapDataObjectBase
+{
+public:
+ // ctors
+ wxBitmapDataObject();
+ wxBitmapDataObject(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
+
+ // destr
+ ~wxBitmapDataObject();
+
+ // override base class virtual to update PNG data too
+ virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
+
+ // implement base class pure virtuals
+ // ----------------------------------
+
+ virtual size_t GetDataSize() const ;
+ virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const ;
+ virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
+
+protected :
+ void Init() ;
+ void Clear() ;
+
+ void* m_pictHandle ;
+ bool m_pictCreated ;
+private:
+ // Virtual function hiding supression
+ size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& rFormat) const
+ { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataSize(rFormat)); }
+ bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& rFormat, void* pBuf) const
+ { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataHere(rFormat, pBuf)); }
+ bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& rFormat, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf)
+ { return(wxDataObjectSimple::SetData(rFormat, nLen, pBuf)); }
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxFileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for file names
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDataObject : public wxFileDataObjectBase
+{
+public:
+ // implement base class pure virtuals
+ // ----------------------------------
+
+ void AddFile( const wxString &filename );
+
+ virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
+ virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
+ virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
+
+private:
+ // Virtual function hiding supression
+ size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& rFormat) const
+ { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataSize(rFormat)); }
+ bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& rFormat, void* pBuf) const
+ { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataHere(rFormat, pBuf)); }
+ bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& rFormat, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf)
+ { return(wxDataObjectSimple::SetData(rFormat, nLen, pBuf)); }
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ2_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dc.h
+// Purpose: wxDC class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DC_H_
+#define _WX_DC_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "dc.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/pen.h"
+#include "wx/brush.h"
+#include "wx/icon.h"
+#include "wx/font.h"
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef MM_TEXT
+#define MM_TEXT 0
+#define MM_ISOTROPIC 1
+#define MM_ANISOTROPIC 2
+#define MM_LOMETRIC 3
+#define MM_HIMETRIC 4
+#define MM_TWIPS 5
+#define MM_POINTS 6
+#define MM_METRIC 7
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global variables
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+extern int wxPageNumber;
+
+class wxMacPortStateHelper ;
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDC
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC: public wxDCBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDC)
+ DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDC)
+
+ public:
+
+ wxDC();
+ ~wxDC();
+
+
+ // implement base class pure virtuals
+ // ----------------------------------
+
+ virtual void Clear();
+
+ virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& WXUNUSED(message) ) { return TRUE; }
+ virtual void EndDoc(void) {};
+
+ virtual void StartPage(void) {};
+ virtual void EndPage(void) {};
+
+ virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font);
+ virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen);
+ virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush);
+ virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush);
+ virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode);
+ virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
+
+ virtual void DestroyClippingRegion();
+
+ virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const;
+ virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const;
+ virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
+ wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
+ wxCoord *descent = NULL,
+ wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
+ wxFont *theFont = NULL) const;
+ virtual bool DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const;
+
+ virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const;
+ virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const;
+ virtual int GetDepth() const;
+ virtual wxSize GetPPI() const;
+
+ virtual void SetMapMode(int mode);
+ virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y);
+
+ virtual void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y);
+ virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+ virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+ virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp);
+ virtual void SetLogicalFunction(int function);
+
+ virtual void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour) ;
+ virtual void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour) ;
+
+ void ComputeScaleAndOrigin(void);
+ public:
+
+
+ wxCoord XDEV2LOG(wxCoord x) const
+ {
+ long new_x = x - m_deviceOriginX ;
+ if (new_x > 0)
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(new_x) / m_scaleX + 0.5) * m_signX + m_logicalOriginX;
+ else
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(new_x) / m_scaleX - 0.5) * m_signX + m_logicalOriginX;
+ }
+ wxCoord XDEV2LOGREL(wxCoord x) const
+ {
+ if (x > 0)
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(x) / m_scaleX + 0.5);
+ else
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(x) / m_scaleX - 0.5);
+ }
+ wxCoord YDEV2LOG(wxCoord y) const
+ {
+ long new_y = y - m_deviceOriginY ;
+ if (new_y > 0)
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(new_y) / m_scaleY + 0.5) * m_signY + m_logicalOriginY;
+ else
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(new_y) / m_scaleY - 0.5) * m_signY + m_logicalOriginY;
+ }
+ wxCoord YDEV2LOGREL(wxCoord y) const
+ {
+ if (y > 0)
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(y) / m_scaleY + 0.5);
+ else
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(y) / m_scaleY - 0.5);
+ }
+ wxCoord XLOG2DEV(wxCoord x) const
+ {
+ long new_x = x - m_logicalOriginX;
+ if (new_x > 0)
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(new_x) * m_scaleX + 0.5) * m_signX + m_deviceOriginX ;
+ else
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(new_x) * m_scaleX - 0.5) * m_signX + m_deviceOriginX ;
+ }
+ wxCoord XLOG2DEVREL(wxCoord x) const
+ {
+ if (x > 0)
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(x) * m_scaleX + 0.5);
+ else
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(x) * m_scaleX - 0.5);
+ }
+ wxCoord YLOG2DEV(wxCoord y) const
+ {
+ long new_y = y - m_logicalOriginY ;
+ if (new_y > 0)
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(new_y) * m_scaleY + 0.5) * m_signY + m_deviceOriginY ;
+ else
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(new_y) * m_scaleY - 0.5) * m_signY + m_deviceOriginY ;
+ }
+ wxCoord YLOG2DEVREL(wxCoord y) const
+ {
+ if (y > 0)
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(y) * m_scaleY + 0.5);
+ else
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(y) * m_scaleY - 0.5);
+ }
+ wxCoord XLOG2DEVMAC(wxCoord x) const
+ {
+ long new_x = x - m_logicalOriginX;
+ if (new_x > 0)
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(new_x) * m_scaleX + 0.5) * m_signX + m_deviceOriginX + m_macLocalOrigin.x ;
+ else
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(new_x) * m_scaleX - 0.5) * m_signX + m_deviceOriginX + m_macLocalOrigin.x ;
+ }
+ wxCoord YLOG2DEVMAC(wxCoord y) const
+ {
+ long new_y = y - m_logicalOriginY ;
+ if (new_y > 0)
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(new_y) * m_scaleY + 0.5) * m_signY + m_deviceOriginY + m_macLocalOrigin.y ;
+ else
+ return (wxCoord)((double)(new_y) * m_scaleY - 0.5) * m_signY + m_deviceOriginY + m_macLocalOrigin.y ;
+ }
+
+ WXHRGN MacGetCurrentClipRgn() { return m_macCurrentClipRgn ; }
+ static void MacSetupBackgroundForCurrentPort(const wxBrush& background ) ;
+//
+
+protected:
+ virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col,
+ int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE);
+
+ virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const;
+
+ virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+ virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2);
+
+ virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
+ wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
+ wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc);
+
+ virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
+ double sa, double ea);
+
+ virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
+ virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+ wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
+ double radius);
+ virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
+
+ virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+
+ virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+ virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+ bool useMask = FALSE);
+
+ virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+ virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+ double angle);
+
+ virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
+ wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
+ int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE, wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1);
+
+ // this is gnarly - we can't even call this function DoSetClippingRegion()
+ // because of virtual function hiding
+ virtual void DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion(const wxRegion& region);
+ virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+ wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
+ virtual void DoGetClippingRegion(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
+ wxCoord *width, wxCoord *height)
+ {
+ GetClippingBox(x, y, width, height);
+ }
+
+ virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const;
+
+ virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[],
+ wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset);
+ virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[],
+ wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
+ int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
+
+ protected:
+ //begin wxmac
+ // Variables used for scaling
+ double m_mm_to_pix_x,m_mm_to_pix_y;
+ // not yet used
+ bool m_needComputeScaleX,m_needComputeScaleY;
+ // If un-scrolled is non-zero or d.o. changes with scrolling.
+ // Set using SetInternalDeviceOrigin().
+ long m_internalDeviceOriginX,m_internalDeviceOriginY;
+ // To be set by external classes such as wxScrolledWindow
+ // using SetDeviceOrigin()
+ long m_externalDeviceOriginX,m_externalDeviceOriginY;
+
+ // Begin implementation for Mac
+ public:
+
+ WXHDC m_macPort ;
+ WXHBITMAP m_macMask ;
+
+ // in order to preserve the const inheritance of the virtual functions, we have to
+ // use mutable variables starting from CWPro 5
+
+ void MacInstallFont() const ;
+ void MacInstallPen() const ;
+ void MacInstallBrush() const ;
+
+ mutable bool m_macFontInstalled ;
+ mutable bool m_macPenInstalled ;
+ mutable bool m_macBrushInstalled ;
+
+ WXHRGN m_macBoundaryClipRgn ;
+ WXHRGN m_macCurrentClipRgn ;
+ wxPoint m_macLocalOrigin ;
+ void MacSetupPort( wxMacPortStateHelper* ph ) const ;
+ void MacCleanupPort( wxMacPortStateHelper* ph ) const ;
+ mutable void* m_macATSUIStyle ;
+ mutable wxMacPortStateHelper* m_macCurrentPortStateHelper ;
+ mutable bool m_macFormerAliasState ;
+ mutable short m_macFormerAliasSize ;
+ mutable bool m_macAliasWasEnabled ;
+ mutable void* m_macForegroundPixMap ;
+ mutable void* m_macBackgroundPixMap ;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_DC_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dcclient.h
+// Purpose: wxClientDC, wxPaintDC and wxWindowDC classes
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
+#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "dcclient.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dc.h"
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// classes
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaintDC;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowDC: public wxDC
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowDC)
+
+ public:
+ wxWindowDC(void);
+
+ // Create a DC corresponding to a canvas
+ wxWindowDC(wxWindow *win);
+
+ ~wxWindowDC(void);
+ virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
+ protected :
+ wxWindow *m_window;
+};
+
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxClientDC: public wxWindowDC
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClientDC)
+
+ public:
+ wxClientDC(void);
+
+ // Create a DC corresponding to a canvas
+ wxClientDC(wxWindow *win);
+
+ ~wxClientDC(void);
+ virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaintDC: public wxWindowDC
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPaintDC)
+
+ public:
+ wxPaintDC(void);
+
+ // Create a DC corresponding to a canvas
+ wxPaintDC(wxWindow *win);
+
+ ~wxPaintDC(void);
+ virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dcmemory.h
+// Purpose: wxMemoryDC class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
+#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "dcmemory.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dcclient.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMemoryDC: public wxPaintDC
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryDC)
+
+ public:
+ wxMemoryDC(void);
+ wxMemoryDC( wxDC *dc ); // Create compatible DC
+ ~wxMemoryDC(void);
+ virtual void SelectObject( const wxBitmap& bitmap );
+ virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
+ wxBitmap GetSelectedObject() { return m_selected ; }
+ private:
+ wxBitmap m_selected;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dcprint.h
+// Purpose: wxPrinterDC class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DCPRINT_H_
+#define _WX_DCPRINT_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "dcprint.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dc.h"
+#include "wx/cmndata.h"
+
+class wxNativePrinterDC ;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrinterDC: public wxDC
+{
+ public:
+ DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrinterDC)
+
+#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
+ // Create a printer DC
+ wxPrinterDC(const wxPrintData& printdata );
+ ~wxPrinterDC();
+
+ virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& WXUNUSED(message) ) ;
+ virtual void EndDoc(void) ;
+ virtual void StartPage(void) ;
+ virtual void EndPage(void) ;
+ wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
+ virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
+
+ protected:
+ wxPrintData m_printData ;
+ wxNativePrinterDC* m_nativePrinterDC ;
+#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_DCPRINT_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dcscreen.h
+// Purpose: wxScreenDC class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
+#define _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "dcscreen.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dcclient.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxScreenDC: public wxWindowDC
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScreenDC)
+
+ public:
+ // Create a DC representing the whole screen
+ wxScreenDC();
+ ~wxScreenDC();
+
+ // Compatibility with X's requirements for
+ // drawing on top of all windows
+ static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(window)) { return TRUE; }
+ static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxRect* WXUNUSED(rect) = NULL) { return TRUE; }
+ static bool EndDrawingOnTop() { return TRUE; }
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dialog.h
+// Purpose: wxDialog class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_
+#define _WX_DIALOG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "dialog.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/panel.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDialogNameStr;
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDialogNameStr;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMacToolTip ;
+
+// Dialog boxes
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialog : public wxDialogBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog)
+
+public:
+ wxDialog();
+
+ // Constructor with a modal flag, but no window id - the old convention
+ wxDialog(wxWindow *parent,
+ const wxString& title, bool modal,
+ int x = -1, int y= -1, int width = 500, int height = 500,
+ long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
+ const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr)
+ {
+ long modalStyle = modal ? wxDIALOG_MODAL : wxDIALOG_MODELESS ;
+ Create(parent, -1, title, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height),
+ style | modalStyle, name);
+ }
+
+ // Constructor with no modal flag - the new convention.
+ wxDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
+ const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
+ const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr);
+
+ ~wxDialog();
+
+// virtual bool Destroy();
+ bool Show(bool show = true);
+
+ void SetModal(bool flag);
+ virtual bool IsModal() const;
+
+ // For now, same as Show(TRUE) but returns return code
+ virtual int ShowModal();
+
+ // may be called to terminate the dialog with the given return code
+ virtual void EndModal(int retCode);
+
+ // returns TRUE if we're in a modal loop
+ bool IsModalShowing() const;
+
+ // implementation
+ // --------------
+
+ // event handlers
+ void OnCharHook(wxKeyEvent& event);
+ void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
+
+ // Standard buttons
+ void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event);
+ void OnApply(wxCommandEvent& event);
+ void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event);
+
+ // Responds to colour changes
+ void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
+
+ // show modal dialog and enter modal loop
+ void DoShowModal();
+
+private:
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_DIALOG_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dirdlg.h
+// Purpose: wxDirDialog class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_
+#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "dirdlg.h"
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirDialog : public wxDialog
+{
+public:
+ wxDirDialog(wxWindow *parent,
+ const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
+ const wxString& defaultPath = _T(""),
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr);
+
+ void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { m_message = message; }
+ void SetPath(const wxString& path) { m_path = path; }
+ void SetStyle(long style) { m_dialogStyle = style; }
+
+ wxString GetMessage() const { return m_message; }
+ wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; }
+ long GetStyle() const { return m_dialogStyle; }
+
+ virtual int ShowModal();
+
+protected:
+ wxString m_message;
+ long m_dialogStyle;
+ wxWindow * m_parent;
+ wxString m_path;
+
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirDialog)
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_DIRDLG_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: display.h
+// Purpose: wxDisplay class customization for Mac
+// Author: Brian Victor
+// Modified by: Royce Mitchell III
+// Created: 06/21/02
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MAC_DISPLAY_H_
+#define _WX_MAC_DISPLAY_H_
+
+#include "wx/object.h"
+#include "wx/display.h"
+
+class wxDisplayMacPriv;
+class wxRect;
+class wxString;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplay : public wxDisplayBase
+{
+public:
+ wxDisplay ( size_t index = 0 );
+
+ ~wxDisplay();
+
+ virtual wxRect GetGeometry() const;
+ virtual int GetDepth() const;
+ virtual wxString GetName() const;
+
+ virtual wxArrayVideoModes
+ GetModes(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxDefaultVideoMode) const;
+
+ virtual wxVideoMode GetCurrentMode() const;
+
+ virtual bool ChangeMode(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxDefaultVideoMode);
+
+private:
+ wxDisplayMacPriv* m_priv;
+
+ DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDisplay)
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_MAC_DISPLAY_H_
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dnd.h
+// Purpose: Declaration of the wxDropTarget, wxDropSource class etc.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1998 Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DND_H_
+#define _WX_DND_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "dnd.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/object.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+#include "wx/dataobj.h"
+#include "wx/cursor.h"
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// classes
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropTarget;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextDropTarget;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDropTarget;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropSource;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// macros
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// this macro may be used instead for wxDropSource ctor arguments: it will use
+// the icon 'name' from an XPM file under GTK, but will expand to something
+// else under MSW. If you don't use it, you will have to use #ifdef in the
+// application code.
+#define wxDROP_ICON(X) wxCursor( (const char**) X##_xpm )
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDropTarget
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropTarget: public wxDropTargetBase
+{
+ public:
+
+ wxDropTarget(wxDataObject *dataObject = (wxDataObject*) NULL );
+
+ virtual wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
+ virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+ virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
+ virtual bool GetData();
+
+ bool CurrentDragHasSupportedFormat() ;
+ void SetCurrentDrag( void* drag ) { m_currentDrag = drag ; }
+ void* GetCurrentDrag() { return m_currentDrag ; }
+ protected :
+ void* m_currentDrag ;
+};
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDropSource
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropSource: public wxDropSourceBase
+{
+public:
+ // ctors: if you use default ctor you must call SetData() later!
+ //
+ // NB: the "wxWindow *win" parameter is unused and is here only for wxGTK
+ // compatibility, as well as both icon parameters
+ wxDropSource( wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL,
+ const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor,
+ const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor,
+ const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor);
+
+ /* constructor for setting one data object */
+ wxDropSource( wxDataObject& data,
+ wxWindow *win,
+ const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor,
+ const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor,
+ const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor);
+
+ ~wxDropSource();
+
+ // do it (call this in response to a mouse button press, for example)
+ // params: if bAllowMove is false, data can be only copied
+ virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly);
+
+ wxWindow* GetWindow() { return m_window ; }
+ void SetCurrentDrag( void* drag ) { m_currentDrag = drag ; }
+ void* GetCurrentDrag() { return m_currentDrag ; }
+ bool MacInstallDefaultCursor(wxDragResult effect) ;
+ protected :
+
+ wxWindow *m_window;
+ void* m_currentDrag ;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // D&D
+
+#endif
+ //_WX_DND_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: filedlg.h
+// Purpose: wxFileDialog class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_FILEDLG_H_
+#define _WX_FILEDLG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "filedlg.h"
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxFileDialog
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDialog: public wxFileDialogBase
+{
+DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog)
+protected:
+ wxArrayString m_fileNames;
+ wxArrayString m_paths;
+
+public:
+ wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
+ const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
+ const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString,
+ const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString,
+ const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
+
+ virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const { paths = m_paths; }
+ virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const { files = m_fileNames ; }
+
+ virtual int ShowModal();
+
+ // not supported for file dialog, RR
+ virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
+ int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
+ int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {}
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_FILEDLG_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: font.h
+// Purpose: wxFont class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 01/02/97
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_
+#define _WX_FONT_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+ #pragma interface "font.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxFont
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFont : public wxFontBase
+{
+public:
+ // ctors and such
+ wxFont() { Init(); }
+ wxFont(const wxFont& font)
+ : wxFontBase()
+ {
+ Init();
+ Ref(font);
+ }
+
+ wxFont(int size,
+ int family,
+ int style,
+ int weight,
+ bool underlined = FALSE,
+ const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
+ wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
+ {
+ Init();
+
+ (void)Create(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding);
+ }
+
+ wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info)
+ {
+ Init();
+
+ (void)Create(info);
+ }
+
+ wxFont(const wxString& fontDesc);
+
+ bool Create(int size,
+ int family,
+ int style,
+ int weight,
+ bool underlined = FALSE,
+ const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
+ wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
+
+ bool Create(const wxNativeFontInfo& info);
+
+ virtual ~wxFont();
+
+ // assignment
+ wxFont& operator=(const wxFont& font);
+
+ // implement base class pure virtuals
+ virtual int GetPointSize() const;
+ virtual int GetFamily() const;
+ virtual int GetStyle() const;
+ virtual int GetWeight() const;
+ virtual bool GetUnderlined() const;
+ virtual wxString GetFaceName() const;
+ virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const;
+ virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const;
+
+ virtual void SetPointSize(int pointSize);
+ virtual void SetFamily(int family);
+ virtual void SetStyle(int style);
+ virtual void SetWeight(int weight);
+ virtual void SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName);
+ virtual void SetUnderlined(bool underlined);
+ virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
+
+ // implementation only from now on
+ // -------------------------------
+
+ virtual bool RealizeResource();
+
+ // Unofficial API, don't use
+ virtual void SetNoAntiAliasing( bool noAA = TRUE ) ;
+ virtual bool GetNoAntiAliasing() ;
+
+ // Mac-specific, risks to change, don't use in portable code
+ short GetMacFontNum() const;
+ short GetMacFontSize() const;
+ wxByte GetMacFontStyle() const;
+ wxUint32 GetMacATSUFontID() const;
+
+protected:
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+
+ void Unshare();
+
+private:
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont)
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_FONT_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: fontdlg.h
+// Purpose: wxFontDialog class. Use generic version if no
+// platform-specific implementation.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_FONTDLG_H_
+#define _WX_FONTDLG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "fontdlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dialog.h"
+#include "wx/cmndata.h"
+
+/*
+ * Font dialog
+ */
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontDialog: public wxDialog
+{
+DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontDialog)
+public:
+ wxFontDialog();
+ wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data);
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data);
+
+ int ShowModal();
+ wxFontData& GetFontData() { return m_fontData; }
+
+protected:
+ wxWindow* m_dialogParent;
+ wxFontData m_fontData;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_FONTDLG_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: frame.h
+// Purpose: wxFrame class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_FRAME_H_
+#define _WX_FRAME_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "frame.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/window.h"
+#include "wx/toolbar.h"
+#include "wx/accel.h"
+#include "wx/icon.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxFrameNameStr;
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxToolBarNameStr;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxStatusBar;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMacToolTip ;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame: public wxFrameBase
+{
+public:
+ // construction
+ wxFrame() { Init(); }
+ wxFrame(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
+ const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
+ {
+ Init();
+
+ Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
+ const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
+
+ virtual ~wxFrame();
+
+ // implementation only from now on
+ // -------------------------------
+
+ // override some more virtuals
+ virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE) ;
+
+ // get the origin of the client area (which may be different from (0, 0)
+ // if the frame has a toolbar) in client coordinates
+ virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
+
+ // event handlers
+ void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
+ void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
+
+ // Toolbar
+#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
+ virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1,
+ wxWindowID id = -1,
+ const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
+
+ virtual void PositionToolBar();
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
+
+ // Status bar
+#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
+ virtual wxStatusBar* OnCreateStatusBar(int number = 1,
+ long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
+ wxWindowID id = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxStatusLineNameStr);
+
+ virtual void PositionStatusBar();
+#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
+
+ // tooltip management
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+ wxMacToolTip* GetToolTipCtrl() const { return m_hwndToolTip; }
+ void SetToolTipCtrl(wxMacToolTip *tt) { m_hwndToolTip = tt; }
+ wxMacToolTip* m_hwndToolTip ;
+#endif // tooltips
+
+ // called by wxWindow whenever it gets focus
+ void SetLastFocus(wxWindow *win) { m_winLastFocused = win; }
+ wxWindow *GetLastFocus() const { return m_winLastFocused; }
+
+protected:
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+
+ // override base class virtuals
+ virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
+ virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
+
+ virtual void DetachMenuBar();
+ virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar);
+
+protected:
+ // the last focused child: we restore focus to it on activation
+ wxWindow *m_winLastFocused;
+
+private:
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame)
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_FRAME_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: gauge.h
+// Purpose: wxGauge class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_GAUGE_H_
+#define _WX_GAUGE_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "gauge.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxGaugeNameStr;
+
+// Group box
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGauge: public wxGaugeBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGauge)
+ public:
+ inline wxGauge() { m_rangeMax = 0; m_gaugePos = 0; }
+
+ inline wxGauge(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ int range,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ int range,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr);
+
+ void SetShadowWidth(int w);
+ void SetBezelFace(int w);
+ void SetRange(int r);
+ void SetValue(int pos);
+
+ int GetShadowWidth() const ;
+ int GetBezelFace() const ;
+ int GetRange() const ;
+ int GetValue() const ;
+
+ virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {} ;
+
+ protected:
+ int m_rangeMax;
+ int m_gaugePos;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_GAUGE_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: gdiobj.h
+// Purpose: wxGDIObject class: base class for other GDI classes
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_GDIOBJ_H_
+#define _WX_GDIOBJ_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "gdiobj.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/object.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIRefData: public wxObjectRefData {
+public:
+ inline wxGDIRefData()
+ {
+ }
+};
+
+#define M_GDIDATA ((wxGDIRefData *)m_refData)
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIObject: public wxObject
+{
+DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGDIObject)
+ public:
+ wxGDIObject() : m_visible(FALSE) { }
+ ~wxGDIObject() { }
+
+ bool IsNull() const { return (m_refData == 0); }
+
+ virtual bool GetVisible() { return m_visible; }
+ virtual void SetVisible(bool v) { m_visible = v; }
+
+protected:
+ bool m_visible; // Can a pointer to this object be safely taken?
+ // - only if created within FindOrCreate...
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_GDIOBJ_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: glcanvas.h
+// Purpose: wxGLCanvas, for using OpenGL with wxWindows under Macintosh
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+# pragma interface "glcanvas.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
+#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_GLCANVAS
+
+#include "wx/palette.h"
+#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
+#include "wx/app.h"
+
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+# include <OpenGL/gl.h>
+# include <AGL/agl.h>
+#else
+# include <gl.h>
+# include <agl.h>
+#endif
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Constants for attriblist
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum
+{
+ WX_GL_RGBA=1, /* use true color palette */
+ WX_GL_BUFFER_SIZE, /* bits for buffer if not WX_GL_RGBA */
+ WX_GL_LEVEL, /* 0 for main buffer, >0 for overlay, <0 for underlay */
+ WX_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER, /* use doublebuffer */
+ WX_GL_STEREO, /* use stereoscopic display */
+ WX_GL_AUX_BUFFERS, /* number of auxiliary buffers */
+ WX_GL_MIN_RED, /* use red buffer with most bits (> MIN_RED bits) */
+ WX_GL_MIN_GREEN, /* use green buffer with most bits (> MIN_GREEN bits) */
+ WX_GL_MIN_BLUE, /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_BLUE bits) */
+ WX_GL_MIN_ALPHA, /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_ALPHA bits) */
+ WX_GL_DEPTH_SIZE, /* bits for Z-buffer (0,16,32) */
+ WX_GL_STENCIL_SIZE, /* bits for stencil buffer */
+ WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_RED, /* use red accum buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_RED bits) */
+ WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_GREEN, /* use green buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_GREEN bits) */
+ WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_BLUE, /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_BLUE bits) */
+ WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_ALPHA /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_ALPHA bits) */
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGLCanvas; /* forward reference */
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGLContext: public wxObject
+{
+public:
+ wxGLContext(AGLPixelFormat fmt, wxGLCanvas *win,
+ const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette),
+ const wxGLContext *other /* for sharing display lists */
+ );
+ ~wxGLContext();
+
+ void SetCurrent();
+ void Update(); // must be called after window drag/grows/zoom or clut change
+ void SetColour(const wxChar *colour);
+ void SwapBuffers();
+
+
+ inline wxWindow* GetWindow() const { return m_window; }
+ inline AGLDrawable GetDrawable() const { return m_drawable; }
+
+public:
+ AGLContext m_glContext;
+ AGLDrawable m_drawable;
+ wxWindow* m_window;
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGLCanvas: public wxWindow
+{
+ DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLCanvas)
+ public:
+ wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxT("GLCanvas") , int *attribList = 0, const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
+ wxGLCanvas( wxWindow *parent, const wxGLContext *shared = (wxGLContext *)NULL,
+ wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, const wxString& name = wxT("GLCanvas"),
+ int *attribList = (int*) NULL, const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette );
+
+ wxGLCanvas( wxWindow *parent, const wxGLCanvas *shared = (wxGLCanvas *)NULL, wxWindowID id = -1,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxT("GLCanvas"), int *attribList = 0, const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette );
+
+ ~wxGLCanvas();
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxGLContext *shared, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long style, const wxString& name,
+ int *attribList, const wxPalette& palette);
+
+ void SetCurrent();
+ void SetColour(const wxChar *colour);
+ void SwapBuffers();
+ void UpdateContext();
+ void SetViewport();
+ virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE) ;
+
+ // Unlike some other platforms, this must get called if you override it.
+ // It sets the viewport correctly and update the context.
+ // You shouldn't call glViewport yourself either (use SetViewport if you must reset it.)
+ void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
+
+ virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition() ;
+ virtual void MacTopLevelWindowChangedPosition() ;
+ virtual void MacSuperShown( bool show ) ;
+
+ void MacUpdateView() ;
+
+ inline wxGLContext* GetContext() const { return m_glContext; }
+
+protected:
+ wxGLContext* m_glContext;
+ bool m_macCanvasIsShown ;
+DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_GLCANVAS
+#endif // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
--- /dev/null
+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Project: GSocket (Generic Socket) for WX
+ * Name: gsockunx.h
+ * Purpose: GSocket Macintosh header
+ * CVSID: $Id$
+ * -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef __GSOCK_UNX_H
+#define __GSOCK_UNX_H
+
+#ifndef __GSOCKET_STANDALONE__
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_SOCKETS || defined(__GSOCKET_STANDALONE__)
+
+#ifndef __GSOCKET_STANDALONE__
+#include "wx/gsocket.h"
+#else
+#include "gsocket.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+typedef GSocket* GSocketPtr ;
+
+/* Definition of GSocket */
+struct _GSocket
+{
+ wxMacNotifierTableRef m_mac_events ;
+ EndpointRef m_endpoint;
+ GAddress *m_local;
+ GAddress *m_peer;
+ GSocketError m_error;
+
+ int m_non_blocking;
+ int m_server;
+ int m_stream;
+ int m_oriented;
+ unsigned long m_timeout;
+
+ /* Callbacks */
+ GSocketEventFlags m_detected;
+ GSocketCallback m_cbacks[GSOCK_MAX_EVENT];
+ char *m_data[GSOCK_MAX_EVENT];
+ int m_takesEvents ;
+};
+
+/* Definition of GAddress */
+
+struct _GAddress
+{
+ UInt32 m_host ;
+ UInt16 m_port ;
+ GAddressType m_family;
+ GSocketError m_error;
+};
+
+/* Input / Output */
+
+GSocketError _GSocket_Input_Timeout(GSocket *socket);
+GSocketError _GSocket_Output_Timeout(GSocket *socket);
+int _GSocket_Recv_Stream(GSocket *socket, char *buffer, int size);
+int _GSocket_Recv_Dgram(GSocket *socket, char *buffer, int size);
+int _GSocket_Send_Stream(GSocket *socket, const char *buffer, int size);
+int _GSocket_Send_Dgram(GSocket *socket, const char *buffer, int size);
+
+/* Callbacks */
+
+void _GSocket_Enable_Events(GSocket *socket);
+void _GSocket_Disable_Events(GSocket *socket);
+void _GSocket_Internal_Proc(unsigned long e , void* data ) ;
+
+/* GAddress */
+
+GSocketError _GAddress_translate_from(GAddress *address,
+ InetAddress *addr );
+GSocketError _GAddress_translate_to(GAddress *address,
+ InetAddress *addr);
+
+GSocketError _GAddress_Init_INET(GAddress *address);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* wxUSE_SOCKETS || defined(__GSOCKET_STANDALONE__) */
+
+#endif /* __GSOCK_UNX_H */
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: helpxxxx.h
+// Purpose: Help system: native implementation for your system. Replace
+// XXXX with suitable name.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_HELPXXXX_H_
+#define _WX_HELPXXXX_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "helpxxxx.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/wx.h"
+
+#include "wx/helpbase.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxXXXXHelpController: public wxHelpControllerBase
+{
+ DECLARE_CLASS(wxXXXXHelpController)
+
+ public:
+ wxXXXXHelpController();
+ ~wxXXXXHelpController();
+
+ // Must call this to set the filename and server name
+ virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file);
+
+ // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize
+ virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = "");
+ virtual bool DisplayContents();
+ virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo);
+ virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo);
+ virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
+ wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL);
+
+ virtual bool Quit();
+ virtual void OnQuit();
+
+ inline wxString GetHelpFile() const { return m_helpFile; }
+
+protected:
+ wxString m_helpFile;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_HELPXXXX_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: icon.h
+// Purpose: wxIcon class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_ICON_H_
+#define _WX_ICON_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "icon.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+
+// Icon
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon: public wxBitmap
+{
+public:
+ wxIcon();
+
+ // Copy constructors
+ wxIcon(const wxIcon& icon)
+ : wxBitmap()
+ { Ref(icon); }
+
+ wxIcon(const char **data);
+ wxIcon(char **data);
+ wxIcon(const char bits[], int width , int height );
+ wxIcon(const wxString& name, int flags = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE,
+ int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
+ wxIcon(const wxIconLocation& loc)
+ {
+ LoadFile(loc.GetFileName(), wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON);
+ }
+ ~wxIcon();
+
+ bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType flags /* = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE */ ,
+ int desiredWidth /* = -1 */ , int desiredHeight = -1);
+ bool LoadFile(const wxString& name ,wxBitmapType flags = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE )
+ { return LoadFile( name , flags , -1 , -1 ) ; }
+
+ wxIcon& operator=(const wxIcon& icon)
+ { if (this != &icon) Ref(icon); return *this; }
+ bool operator==(const wxIcon& icon) const { return m_refData == icon.m_refData; }
+ bool operator!=(const wxIcon& icon) const { return !(*this == icon); }
+
+ // create from bitmap (which should have a mask unless it's monochrome):
+ // there shouldn't be any implicit bitmap -> icon conversion (i.e. no
+ // ctors, assignment operators...), but it's ok to have such function
+ void CopyFromBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
+
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon)
+};
+
+/*
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxICONFileHandler: public wxBitmapHandler
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICONFileHandler)
+public:
+ inline wxICONFileHandler()
+ {
+ m_name = "ICO icon file";
+ m_extension = "ico";
+ m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO;
+ };
+
+ virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
+ int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
+};
+*/
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxICONResourceHandler: public wxBitmapHandler
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICONResourceHandler)
+public:
+ inline wxICONResourceHandler()
+ {
+ m_name = wxT("ICON resource");
+ m_extension = wxEmptyString;
+ m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE;
+ };
+
+ virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
+ int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
+
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_ICON_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: imaglist.h
+// Purpose: wxImageList class. Note: if your GUI doesn't have
+// an image list equivalent, you can use the generic class
+// in src/generic.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
+#define _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "imaglist.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+
+/*
+ * wxImageList is used for wxListCtrl, wxTreeCtrl. These controls refer to
+ * images for their items by an index into an image list.
+ * A wxImageList is capable of creating images with optional masks from
+ * a variety of sources - a single bitmap plus a colour to indicate the mask,
+ * two bitmaps, or an icon.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Flags for Draw
+#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL 0x0001
+#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT 0x0002
+#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_SELECTED 0x0004
+#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_FOCUSED 0x0008
+
+// Flag values for Set/GetImageList
+enum {
+ wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL, // Normal icons
+ wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL, // Small icons
+ wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE // State icons: unimplemented (see WIN32 documentation)
+};
+
+// Eventually we'll make this a reference-counted wxGDIObject. For
+// now, the app must take care of ownership issues. That is, the
+// image lists must be explicitly deleted after the control(s) that uses them
+// is (are) deleted, or when the app exits.
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList: public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageList)
+ public:
+ /*
+ * Public interface
+ */
+
+ wxImageList();
+
+ // Creates an image list.
+ // Specify the width and height of the images in the list,
+ // whether there are masks associated with them (e.g. if creating images
+ // from icons), and the initial size of the list.
+ inline wxImageList(int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialCount = 1)
+ {
+ Create(width, height, mask, initialCount);
+ }
+ ~wxImageList();
+
+
+ // Attributes
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+ // Returns the number of images in the image list.
+ int GetImageCount() const;
+
+ bool GetSize(int index, int&width, int &height) const;
+
+ // Operations
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+ // Creates an image list
+ // width, height specify the size of the images in the list (all the same).
+ // mask specifies whether the images have masks or not.
+ // initialNumber is the initial number of images to reserve.
+ bool Create(int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialNumber = 1);
+
+ // Adds a bitmap, and optionally a mask bitmap.
+ // Note that wxImageList creates *new* bitmaps, so you may delete
+ // 'bitmap' and 'mask' after calling Add.
+ int Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask = wxNullBitmap);
+
+ // Adds a bitmap, using the specified colour to create the mask bitmap
+ // Note that wxImageList creates *new* bitmaps, so you may delete
+ // 'bitmap' after calling Add.
+ int Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour);
+
+ // Adds a bitmap and mask from an icon.
+ int Add(const wxIcon& icon);
+
+ // Replaces a bitmap, optionally passing a mask bitmap.
+ // Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete
+ // 'bitmap' and 'mask' after calling Replace.
+ bool Replace(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask = wxNullBitmap);
+
+/* Not supported by Win95
+ // Replacing a bitmap, using the specified colour to create the mask bitmap
+ // Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete
+ // 'bitmap'.
+ bool Replace(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour);
+*/
+
+ // Replaces a bitmap and mask from an icon.
+ // You can delete 'icon' after calling Replace.
+ bool Replace(int index, const wxIcon& icon);
+
+ // Removes the image at the given index.
+ bool Remove(int index);
+
+ // Remove all images
+ bool RemoveAll();
+
+ // Draws the given image on a dc at the specified position.
+ // If 'solidBackground' is TRUE, Draw sets the image list background
+ // colour to the background colour of the wxDC, to speed up
+ // drawing by eliminating masked drawing where possible.
+ bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
+ int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL, bool solidBackground = FALSE);
+
+/* TODO (optional?)
+ wxIcon *MakeIcon(int index);
+*/
+
+/* TODO
+ // Implementation
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+ // Returns the native image list handle
+ inline WXHIMAGELIST GetHIMAGELIST() const { return m_hImageList; }
+
+protected:
+ WXHIMAGELIST m_hImageList;
+*/
+
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: joystick.h
+// Purpose: wxJoystick class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
+#define _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "joystick.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/event.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxJoystick: public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystick)
+ public:
+ /*
+ * Public interface
+ */
+
+ wxJoystick(int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1) { m_joystick = joystick; };
+
+ // Attributes
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+ wxPoint GetPosition() const;
+ int GetZPosition() const;
+ int GetButtonState() const;
+ int GetPOVPosition() const;
+ int GetPOVCTSPosition() const;
+ int GetRudderPosition() const;
+ int GetUPosition() const;
+ int GetVPosition() const;
+ int GetMovementThreshold() const;
+ void SetMovementThreshold(int threshold) ;
+
+ // Capabilities
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+ bool IsOk() const; // Checks that the joystick is functioning
+ int GetNumberJoysticks() const ;
+ int GetManufacturerId() const ;
+ int GetProductId() const ;
+ wxString GetProductName() const ;
+ int GetXMin() const;
+ int GetYMin() const;
+ int GetZMin() const;
+ int GetXMax() const;
+ int GetYMax() const;
+ int GetZMax() const;
+ int GetNumberButtons() const;
+ int GetNumberAxes() const;
+ int GetMaxButtons() const;
+ int GetMaxAxes() const;
+ int GetPollingMin() const;
+ int GetPollingMax() const;
+ int GetRudderMin() const;
+ int GetRudderMax() const;
+ int GetUMin() const;
+ int GetUMax() const;
+ int GetVMin() const;
+ int GetVMax() const;
+
+ bool HasRudder() const;
+ bool HasZ() const;
+ bool HasU() const;
+ bool HasV() const;
+ bool HasPOV() const;
+ bool HasPOV4Dir() const;
+ bool HasPOVCTS() const;
+
+ // Operations
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+ // pollingFreq = 0 means that movement events are sent when above the threshold.
+ // If pollingFreq > 0, events are received every this many milliseconds.
+ bool SetCapture(wxWindow* win, int pollingFreq = 0);
+ bool ReleaseCapture();
+
+protected:
+ int m_joystick;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: listbox.h
+// Purpose: wxListBox class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+#ifndef _WX_LISTBOX_H_
+#define _WX_LISTBOX_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+ #pragma interface "listbox.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// simple types
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#include "wx/dynarray.h"
+#include "wx/arrstr.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+ class WXDLLEXPORT wxOwnerDrawn;
+
+ // define the array of list box items
+ #include "wx/dynarray.h"
+
+ WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxOwnerDrawn *, wxListBoxItemsArray);
+#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+
+// forward decl for GetSelections()
+class wxArrayInt;
+
+// List box item
+
+WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( char * , wxListDataArray ) ;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// List box control
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxListBox : public wxListBoxBase
+{
+public:
+ // ctors and such
+ wxListBox();
+ wxListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
+ }
+ wxListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ const wxArrayString& choices,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ const wxArrayString& choices,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
+
+ virtual ~wxListBox();
+ virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBack = TRUE, const wxRect *rect = NULL);
+
+ // implement base class pure virtuals
+ virtual void Clear();
+ virtual void Delete(int n);
+
+ virtual int GetCount() const;
+ virtual wxString GetString(int n) const;
+ virtual void SetString(int n, const wxString& s);
+ virtual int FindString(const wxString& s) const;
+
+ virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const;
+ virtual void SetSelection(int n, bool select = TRUE);
+ virtual int GetSelection() const;
+ virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const;
+
+ virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
+ virtual void DoInsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, int pos);
+ virtual void DoSetItems(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData);
+
+ virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n);
+
+ virtual void DoSetItemClientData(int n, void* clientData);
+ virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(int n) const;
+ virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(int n, wxClientData* clientData);
+ virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(int n) const;
+ virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,int width, int height,int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO ) ;
+
+ // wxCheckListBox support
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+ // plug-in for derived classes
+ virtual wxOwnerDrawn *CreateItem(size_t n);
+
+ // allows to get the item and use SetXXX functions to set it's appearance
+ wxOwnerDrawn *GetItem(size_t n) const { return m_aItems[n]; }
+
+ // get the index of the given item
+ int GetItemIndex(wxOwnerDrawn *item) const { return m_aItems.Index(item); }
+#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+
+ // Windows callbacks
+
+ virtual void SetupColours();
+ virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
+ virtual bool MacCanFocus() const { return true ; }
+ void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
+
+ void* m_macList ;
+ wxArrayString m_stringArray ;
+ wxListDataArray m_dataArray ;
+ wxArrayInt m_selectionPreImage ;
+ void MacSetRedraw( bool doDraw ) ;
+protected:
+ void MacDestroy() ;
+ void MacDelete( int n ) ;
+ void MacInsert( int n , const wxString& item) ;
+ void MacAppend( const wxString& item) ;
+ void MacSet( int n , const wxString& item ) ;
+ void MacClear() ;
+ void MacSetSelection( int n , bool select ) ;
+ int MacGetSelection() const ;
+ int MacGetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const ;
+ bool MacIsSelected( int n ) const ;
+ void MacScrollTo( int n ) ;
+ void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &size ) ;
+ void MacDoClick() ;
+ void MacDoDoubleClick() ;
+
+ // do we have multiple selections?
+ bool HasMultipleSelection() const;
+
+ // free memory (common part of Clear() and dtor)
+ // prevent collision with some BSD definitions of macro Free()
+ void FreeData();
+
+ int m_noItems;
+ int m_selected;
+ wxString m_typeIn ;
+ long m_lastTypeIn ;
+
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+ // control items
+ wxListBoxItemsArray m_aItems;
+#endif
+
+private:
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBox)
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_LISTBOX_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: listctrl.h
+// Purpose: wxListCtrl class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
+#define _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "listctrl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+#include "wx/event.h"
+#include "wx/imaglist.h"
+
+/*
+ The wxListCtrl can show lists of items in four different modes:
+ wxLC_LIST: multicolumn list view, with optional small icons (icons could be
+ optional for some platforms). Columns are computed automatically,
+ i.e. you don't set columns as in wxLC_REPORT. In other words,
+ the list wraps, unlike a wxListBox.
+ wxLC_REPORT: single or multicolumn report view (with optional header)
+ wxLC_ICON: large icon view, with optional labels
+ wxLC_SMALL_ICON: small icon view, with optional labels
+
+ You can change the style dynamically, either with SetSingleStyle or
+ SetWindowStyleFlag.
+
+ Further window styles:
+
+ wxLC_ALIGN_TOP icons align to the top (default)
+ wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT icons align to the left
+ wxLC_AUTOARRANGE icons arrange themselves
+ wxLC_USER_TEXT the app provides label text on demand, except for column headers
+ wxLC_EDIT_LABELS labels are editable: app will be notified.
+ wxLC_NO_HEADER no header in report mode
+ wxLC_NO_SORT_HEADER can't click on header
+ wxLC_SINGLE_SEL single selection
+ wxLC_SORT_ASCENDING sort ascending (must still supply a comparison callback in SortItems)
+ wxLC_SORT_DESCENDING sort descending (ditto)
+
+ Items are referred to by their index (position in the list starting from zero).
+
+ Label text is supplied via insertion/setting functions and is stored by the
+ control, unless the wxLC_USER_TEXT style has been specified, in which case
+ the app will be notified when text is required (see sample).
+
+ Images are dealt with by (optionally) associating 3 image lists with the control.
+ Zero-based indexes into these image lists indicate which image is to be used for
+ which item. Each image in an image list can contain a mask, and can be made out
+ of either a bitmap, two bitmaps or an icon. See ImagList.h for more details.
+
+ Notifications are passed via the wxWindows 2.0 event system.
+
+ See the sample wxListCtrl app for API usage.
+
+ */
+
+// Mask flags to tell app/GUI what fields of wxListItem are valid
+#define wxLIST_MASK_STATE 0x0001
+#define wxLIST_MASK_TEXT 0x0002
+#define wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE 0x0004
+#define wxLIST_MASK_DATA 0x0008
+#define wxLIST_SET_ITEM 0x0010
+#define wxLIST_MASK_WIDTH 0x0020
+#define wxLIST_MASK_FORMAT 0x0040
+
+// State flags for indicating the state of an item
+#define wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE 0x0000
+#define wxLIST_STATE_DROPHILITED 0x0001
+#define wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED 0x0002
+#define wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED 0x0004
+#define wxLIST_STATE_CUT 0x0008
+
+// Hit test flags, used in HitTest
+#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ABOVE 0x0001 // Above the client area.
+#define wxLIST_HITTEST_BELOW 0x0002 // Below the client area.
+#define wxLIST_HITTEST_NOWHERE 0x0004 // In the client area but below the last item.
+#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON 0x0020 // On the bitmap associated with an item.
+#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL 0x0080 // On the label (string) associated with an item.
+#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT 0x0100 // In the area to the right of an item.
+#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x0200 // On the state icon for a tree view item that is in a user-defined state.
+#define wxLIST_HITTEST_TOLEFT 0x0400 // To the left of the client area.
+#define wxLIST_HITTEST_TORIGHT 0x0800 // To the right of the client area.
+
+#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEM (wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON)
+
+// Flags for GetNextItem
+enum {
+ wxLIST_NEXT_ABOVE, // Searches for an item above the specified item
+ wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, // Searches for subsequent item by index
+ wxLIST_NEXT_BELOW, // Searches for an item below the specified item
+ wxLIST_NEXT_LEFT, // Searches for an item to the left of the specified item
+ wxLIST_NEXT_RIGHT, // Searches for an item to the right of the specified item
+};
+
+// Alignment flags for Arrange
+enum {
+ wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT,
+ wxLIST_ALIGN_LEFT,
+ wxLIST_ALIGN_TOP,
+ wxLIST_ALIGN_SNAP_TO_GRID
+};
+
+// Column format
+enum {
+ wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT,
+ wxLIST_FORMAT_RIGHT,
+ wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE,
+ wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTER = wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE
+};
+
+// Autosize values for SetColumnWidth
+enum {
+ wxLIST_AUTOSIZE = -1,
+ wxLIST_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER = -2
+};
+
+// Flag values for GetItemRect
+enum {
+ wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS,
+ wxLIST_RECT_ICON,
+ wxLIST_RECT_LABEL
+};
+
+// Flag values for FindItem
+enum {
+ wxLIST_FIND_UP,
+ wxLIST_FIND_DOWN,
+ wxLIST_FIND_LEFT,
+ wxLIST_FIND_RIGHT
+};
+
+// wxListItem: data representing an item, or report field.
+// It also doubles up to represent entire column information
+// when inserting or setting a column.
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxListItem: public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListItem)
+public:
+ long m_mask; // Indicates what fields are valid
+ long m_itemId; // The zero-based item position
+ int m_col; // Zero-based column, if in report mode
+ long m_state; // The state of the item
+ long m_stateMask; // Which flags of m_state are valid (uses same flags)
+ wxString m_text; // The label/header text
+ int m_image; // The zero-based index into an image list
+ long m_data; // App-defined data
+
+ // For columns only
+ int m_format; // left, right, centre
+ int m_width; // width of column
+
+ wxListItem();
+};
+
+// type of compare function for wxListCtrl sort operation
+typedef int (*wxListCtrlCompare)(long item1, long item2, long sortData);
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxListCtrl: public wxControl
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrl)
+ public:
+ /*
+ * Public interface
+ */
+
+ wxListCtrl();
+
+ inline wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxLC_ICON, const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = "listCtrl")
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+ ~wxListCtrl();
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxLC_ICON, const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = "wxListCtrl");
+
+
+ // Attributes
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+ // Gets information about this column
+ bool GetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) const;
+
+ // Sets information about this column
+ bool SetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) ;
+
+ // Gets the column width
+ int GetColumnWidth(int col) const;
+
+ // Sets the column width
+ bool SetColumnWidth(int col, int width) ;
+
+ // Gets the number of items that can fit vertically in the
+ // visible area of the list control (list or report view)
+ // or the total number of items in the list control (icon
+ // or small icon view)
+ int GetCountPerPage() const;
+
+ // Gets the edit control for editing labels.
+ wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const;
+
+ // Gets information about the item
+ bool GetItem(wxListItem& info) const ;
+
+ // Sets information about the item
+ bool SetItem(wxListItem& info) ;
+
+ // Sets a string field at a particular column
+ long SetItem(long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId = -1);
+
+ // Gets the item state
+ int GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const ;
+
+ // Sets the item state
+ bool SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask) ;
+
+ // Sets the item image
+ bool SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage) ;
+
+ // Gets the item text
+ wxString GetItemText(long item) const ;
+
+ // Sets the item text
+ void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str) ;
+
+ // Gets the item data
+ long GetItemData(long item) const ;
+
+ // Sets the item data
+ bool SetItemData(long item, long data) ;
+
+ // Gets the item rectangle
+ bool GetItemRect(long item, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS) const ;
+
+ // Gets the item position
+ bool GetItemPosition(long item, wxPoint& pos) const ;
+
+ // Sets the item position
+ bool SetItemPosition(long item, const wxPoint& pos) ;
+
+ // Gets the number of items in the list control
+ int GetItemCount() const;
+
+ // Gets the number of columns in the list control
+ int GetColumnCount() const;
+
+ // Retrieves the spacing between icons in pixels.
+ // If small is TRUE, gets the spacing for the small icon
+ // view, otherwise the large icon view.
+ int GetItemSpacing(bool isSmall) const;
+
+ // Gets the number of selected items in the list control
+ int GetSelectedItemCount() const;
+
+ // Gets the text colour of the listview
+ wxColour GetTextColour() const;
+
+ // Sets the text colour of the listview
+ void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col);
+
+ // Gets the index of the topmost visible item when in
+ // list or report view
+ long GetTopItem() const ;
+
+ // Add or remove a single window style
+ void SetSingleStyle(long style, bool add = TRUE) ;
+
+ // Set the whole window style
+ void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style) ;
+
+ // Searches for an item, starting from 'item'.
+ // item can be -1 to find the first item that matches the
+ // specified flags.
+ // Returns the item or -1 if unsuccessful.
+ long GetNextItem(long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE) const ;
+
+ // Implementation: converts wxWindows style to MSW style.
+ // Can be a single style flag or a bit list.
+ // oldStyle is 'normalised' so that it doesn't contain
+ // conflicting styles.
+ long ConvertToMSWStyle(long& oldStyle, long style) const;
+
+ // Gets one of the three image lists
+ wxImageList *GetImageList(int which) const ;
+
+ // Sets the image list
+ // N.B. There's a quirk in the Win95 list view implementation.
+ // If in wxLC_LIST mode, it'll *still* display images by the labels if
+ // there's a small-icon image list set for the control - even though you
+ // haven't specified wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE when inserting.
+ // So you have to set a NULL small-icon image list to be sure that
+ // the wxLC_LIST mode works without icons. Of course, you may want icons...
+ void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which) ;
+
+ // Operations
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+ // Arranges the items
+ bool Arrange(int flag = wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT);
+
+ // Deletes an item
+ bool DeleteItem(long item);
+
+ // Deletes all items
+ bool DeleteAllItems() ;
+
+ // Deletes a column
+ bool DeleteColumn(int col);
+
+ // Deletes all columns
+ bool DeleteAllColumns();
+
+ // Clears items, and columns if there are any.
+ void ClearAll();
+
+ // Edit the label
+ wxTextCtrl* EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl));
+
+ // End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit
+ bool EndEditLabel(bool cancel);
+
+ // Ensures this item is visible
+ bool EnsureVisible(long item) ;
+
+ // Find an item whose label matches this string, starting from the item after 'start'
+ // or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
+ long FindItem(long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = FALSE);
+
+ // Find an item whose data matches this data, starting from the item after 'start'
+ // or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
+ long FindItem(long start, long data);
+
+ // Find an item nearest this position in the specified direction, starting from
+ // the item after 'start' or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
+ long FindItem(long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction);
+
+ // Determines which item (if any) is at the specified point,
+ // giving details in 'flags' (see wxLIST_HITTEST_... flags above)
+ long HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags);
+
+ // Inserts an item, returning the index of the new item if successful,
+ // -1 otherwise.
+ // TOD: Should also have some further convenience functions
+ // which don't require setting a wxListItem object
+ long InsertItem(wxListItem& info);
+
+ // Insert a string item
+ long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label);
+
+ // Insert an image item
+ long InsertItem(long index, int imageIndex);
+
+ // Insert an image/string item
+ long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label, int imageIndex);
+
+ // For list view mode (only), inserts a column.
+ long InsertColumn(long col, wxListItem& info);
+
+ long InsertColumn(long col, const wxString& heading, int format = wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT,
+ int width = -1);
+
+ // Scrolls the list control. If in icon, small icon or report view mode,
+ // x specifies the number of pixels to scroll. If in list view mode, x
+ // specifies the number of columns to scroll.
+ // If in icon, small icon or list view mode, y specifies the number of pixels
+ // to scroll. If in report view mode, y specifies the number of lines to scroll.
+ bool ScrollList(int dx, int dy);
+
+ // Sort items.
+
+ // fn is a function which takes 3 long arguments: item1, item2, data.
+ // item1 is the long data associated with a first item (NOT the index).
+ // item2 is the long data associated with a second item (NOT the index).
+ // data is the same value as passed to SortItems.
+ // The return value is a negative number if the first item should precede the second
+ // item, a positive number of the second item should precede the first,
+ // or zero if the two items are equivalent.
+
+ // data is arbitrary data to be passed to the sort function.
+ bool SortItems(wxListCtrlCompare fn, long data);
+
+/* Why should we need this function? Leave for now.
+ * We might need it because item data may have changed,
+ * but the display needs refreshing (in string callback mode)
+ // Updates an item. If the list control has the wxLI_AUTO_ARRANGE style,
+ // the items will be rearranged.
+ bool Update(long item);
+*/
+
+ void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); };
+
+protected:
+ wxTextCtrl* m_textCtrl; // The control used for editing a label
+ wxImageList * m_imageListNormal; // The image list for normal icons
+ wxImageList * m_imageListSmall; // The image list for small icons
+ wxImageList * m_imageListState; // The image list state icons (not implemented yet)
+
+ long m_baseStyle; // Basic Windows style flags, for recreation purposes
+ wxStringList m_stringPool; // Pool of 3 strings to satisfy Windows callback
+ // requirements
+ int m_colCount; // Windows doesn't have GetColumnCount so must
+ // keep track of inserted/deleted columns
+
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxListEvent: public wxCommandEvent
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListEvent)
+
+ public:
+ wxListEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0);
+
+ int m_code;
+ long m_itemIndex;
+ long m_oldItemIndex;
+ int m_col;
+ bool m_cancelled;
+ wxPoint m_pointDrag;
+
+ wxListItem m_item;
+};
+
+typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxListEventFunction)(wxListEvent&);
+
+#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+#define EVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+#define EVT_LIST_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ITEM, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+#define EVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+#define EVT_LIST_GET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_GET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+#define EVT_LIST_SET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_SET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+#define EVT_LIST_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_KEY_DOWN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+#define EVT_LIST_INSERT_ITEM(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_INSERT_ITEM, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+#define EVT_LIST_COL_CLICK(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_CLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
--- /dev/null
+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Project: Mac Notifier Support
+ * Name: macnotfy.h
+ * Author: Stefan CSomor
+ * Purpose: Mac Notifier include file
+ * CVSID: $Id$
+ * -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAC_NOTIFYERS
+#define MAC_NOTIFYERS
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+typedef void (*wxMacNotificationProcPtr)(unsigned long event , void* data ) ;
+
+typedef void *wxMacNotifierTableRef ;
+void wxMacCreateNotifierTable() ;
+void wxMacDestroyNotifierTable() ;
+wxMacNotifierTableRef wxMacGetNotifierTable() ;
+void wxMacAddEvent( wxMacNotifierTableRef table , wxMacNotificationProcPtr handler , unsigned long event , void* data , short wakeUp ) ;
+void wxMacWakeUp() ;
+void wxMacProcessNotifierEvents() ;
+void wxMacProcessNotifierAndPendingEvents() ;
+void wxMacRemoveAllNotifiersForData( wxMacNotifierTableRef table , void* data ) ;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* MAC_NOTIFYERS */
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: mdi.h
+// Purpose: MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes.
+// This doesn't have to be implemented just like Windows,
+// it could be a tabbed design as in wxGTK.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MDI_H_
+#define _WX_MDI_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "mdi.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/frame.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxFrameNameStr;
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxStatusLineNameStr;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIClientWindow;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIParentFrame: public wxFrame
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame)
+
+public:
+
+ wxMDIParentFrame();
+ inline wxMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, // Scrolling refers to client window
+ const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+
+ ~wxMDIParentFrame();
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
+ const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
+
+ // Mac OS activate event
+ virtual void MacActivate(long timestamp, bool activating);
+
+ // wxWindows activate event
+ void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
+ void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
+
+ void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar);
+
+ // Get the active MDI child window (Windows only)
+ wxMDIChildFrame *GetActiveChild() const ;
+
+ // Get the client window
+ inline wxMDIClientWindow *GetClientWindow() const { return m_clientWindow; };
+
+ // Create the client window class (don't Create the window,
+ // just return a new class)
+ virtual wxMDIClientWindow *OnCreateClient() ;
+
+ // MDI operations
+ virtual void Cascade();
+ virtual void Tile();
+ virtual void ArrangeIcons();
+ virtual void ActivateNext();
+ virtual void ActivatePrevious();
+
+protected:
+
+ // TODO maybe have this member
+ wxMDIClientWindow *m_clientWindow;
+ wxMDIChildFrame * m_currentChild;
+ wxMenu* m_windowMenu;
+
+ // TRUE if MDI Frame is intercepting commands, not child
+ bool m_parentFrameActive;
+
+private:
+ friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame;
+DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame: public wxFrame
+{
+DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIChildFrame)
+public:
+
+ wxMDIChildFrame();
+ inline wxMDIChildFrame(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
+ const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
+ {
+ Init() ;
+ Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+
+ ~wxMDIChildFrame();
+
+ bool Create(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
+ const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
+
+ // Mac OS activate event
+ virtual void MacActivate(long timestamp, bool activating);
+
+ // Set menu bar
+ void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar);
+
+ // MDI operations
+ virtual void Maximize();
+ virtual void Maximize( bool ){ Maximize() ; } // this one is inherited from wxFrame
+ virtual void Restore();
+ virtual void Activate();
+protected:
+
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+};
+
+/* The client window is a child of the parent MDI frame, and itself
+ * contains the child MDI frames.
+ * However, you create the MDI children as children of the MDI parent:
+ * only in the implementation does the client window become the parent
+ * of the children. Phew! So the children are sort of 'adopted'...
+ */
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIClientWindow: public wxWindow
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIClientWindow)
+ public:
+
+ wxMDIClientWindow() ;
+ inline wxMDIClientWindow(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = 0)
+ {
+ CreateClient(parent, style);
+ }
+
+ ~wxMDIClientWindow();
+
+ // Note: this is virtual, to allow overridden behaviour.
+ virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL);
+
+ // Gets the size available for subwindows after menu size, toolbar size
+ // and status bar size have been subtracted. If you want to manage your own
+ // toolbar(s), don't call SetToolBar.
+ void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
+
+ // Explicitly call default scroll behaviour
+ void OnScroll(wxScrollEvent& event);
+
+protected:
+
+DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_MDI_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: menu.h
+// Purpose: wxMenu, wxMenuBar classes
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MENU_H_
+#define _WX_MENU_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "menu.h"
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame;
+
+#include "wx/arrstr.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Menu
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu : public wxMenuBase
+{
+public:
+ // ctors & dtor
+ wxMenu(const wxString& title, long style = 0)
+ : wxMenuBase(title, style) { Init(); }
+
+ wxMenu(long style = 0) : wxMenuBase(style) { Init(); }
+
+ virtual ~wxMenu();
+
+ // implement base class virtuals
+ virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item);
+ virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item);
+ virtual wxMenuItem* DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item);
+ virtual void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar) ;
+
+ virtual void Break();
+
+ virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
+
+ // MSW-specific
+ bool ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event);
+
+ // implementation only from now on
+ // -------------------------------
+
+ int MacGetIndexFromId( int id ) ;
+ int MacGetIndexFromItem( wxMenuItem *pItem ) ;
+ void MacEnableMenu( bool bDoEnable ) ;
+ // MacOS needs to know about submenus somewhere within this menu
+ // before it can be displayed , also hide special menu items like preferences
+ // that are handled by the OS
+ void MacBeforeDisplay( bool isSubMenu ) ;
+ // undo all changes from the MacBeforeDisplay call
+ void MacAfterDisplay( bool isSubMenu ) ;
+
+ // semi-private accessors
+ // get the window which contains this menu
+ wxWindow *GetWindow() const;
+ // get the menu handle
+ WXHMENU GetHMenu() const { return m_hMenu; }
+
+ short MacGetMenuId() { return m_macMenuId ; }
+
+private:
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+
+ // common part of Append/Insert (behaves as Append is pos == (size_t)-1)
+ bool DoInsertOrAppend(wxMenuItem *item, size_t pos = (size_t)-1);
+
+ // terminate the current radio group, if any
+ void EndRadioGroup();
+
+ // if TRUE, insert a breal before appending the next item
+ bool m_doBreak;
+
+ // the position of the first item in the current radio group or -1
+ int m_startRadioGroup;
+
+ // the menu handle of this menu
+ WXHMENU m_hMenu;
+
+ short m_macMenuId;
+
+ static short s_macNextMenuId ;
+
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenu)
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Menu Bar (a la Windows)
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar : public wxMenuBarBase
+{
+public:
+ // ctors & dtor
+ // default constructor
+ wxMenuBar();
+ // unused under MSW
+ wxMenuBar(long style);
+ // menubar takes ownership of the menus arrays but copies the titles
+ wxMenuBar(int n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[]);
+ virtual ~wxMenuBar();
+
+ // menubar construction
+ virtual bool Append( wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title );
+ virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
+ virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
+ virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos);
+
+ virtual int FindMenuItem(const wxString& menuString,
+ const wxString& itemString) const;
+ virtual wxMenuItem* FindItem( int id, wxMenu **menu = NULL ) const;
+
+ virtual void EnableTop( size_t pos, bool flag );
+ virtual void SetLabelTop( size_t pos, const wxString& label );
+ virtual wxString GetLabelTop( size_t pos ) const;
+
+ // implementation from now on
+ WXHMENU Create();
+ int FindMenu(const wxString& title);
+ void Detach();
+
+ // returns TRUE if we're attached to a frame
+ bool IsAttached() const { return m_menuBarFrame != NULL; }
+ // get the frame we live in
+ wxFrame *GetFrame() const { return m_menuBarFrame; }
+ // attach to a frame
+ void Attach(wxFrame *frame);
+
+ // clear the invoking window for all menus and submenus
+ void UnsetInvokingWindow() ;
+
+ // set the invoking window for all menus and submenus
+ void SetInvokingWindow( wxFrame* frame ) ;
+
+ // if the menubar is modified, the display is not updated automatically,
+ // call this function to update it (m_menuBarFrame should be !NULL)
+ void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = TRUE, const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL);
+
+ void MacInstallMenuBar() ;
+ static wxMenuBar* MacGetInstalledMenuBar() { return s_macInstalledMenuBar ; }
+ static void MacSetCommonMenuBar(wxMenuBar* menubar) { s_macCommonMenuBar=menubar; }
+ static wxMenuBar* MacGetCommonMenuBar() { return s_macCommonMenuBar; }
+
+protected:
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+ wxWindow *m_invokingWindow;
+
+ wxArrayString m_titles;
+
+private:
+ static wxMenuBar* s_macInstalledMenuBar ;
+ static wxMenuBar* s_macCommonMenuBar ;
+
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBar)
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_MENU_H_
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: menuitem.h
+// Purpose: wxMenuItem class
+// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 11.11.97
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _MENUITEM_H
+#define _MENUITEM_H
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "menuitem.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMenuItem: an item in the menu, optionally implements owner-drawn behaviour
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuItem: public wxMenuItemBase
+{
+public:
+ // ctor & dtor
+ wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL,
+ int id = wxID_SEPARATOR,
+ const wxString& name = wxEmptyString,
+ const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
+ wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
+ wxMenu *subMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL);
+ virtual ~wxMenuItem();
+
+ // override base class virtuals
+ virtual void SetText(const wxString& strName);
+
+ virtual void Enable(bool bDoEnable = TRUE);
+ virtual void Check(bool bDoCheck = TRUE);
+
+ virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) ;
+ virtual const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
+
+ // update the os specific representation
+ void UpdateItemBitmap() ;
+ void UpdateItemText() ;
+ void UpdateItemStatus() ;
+
+ // mark item as belonging to the given radio group
+ void SetAsRadioGroupStart();
+ void SetRadioGroupStart(int start);
+ void SetRadioGroupEnd(int end);
+
+private:
+ void UncheckRadio() ;
+
+ // the positions of the first and last items of the radio group this item
+ // belongs to or -1: start is the radio group start and is valid for all
+ // but first radio group items (m_isRadioGroupStart == FALSE), end is valid
+ // only for the first one
+ union
+ {
+ int start;
+ int end;
+ } m_radioGroup;
+
+ // does this item start a radio group?
+ bool m_isRadioGroupStart;
+
+ wxBitmap m_bitmap; // Bitmap for menuitem, if any
+ void* m_menu ; // the appropriate menu , may also be a system menu
+
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuItem)
+};
+
+#endif //_MENUITEM_H
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: metafile.h
+// Purpose: wxMetaFile, wxMetaFileDC classes.
+// This probably should be restricted to Windows platforms,
+// but if there is an equivalent on your platform, great.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+#ifndef _WX_METAFIILE_H_
+#define _WX_METAFIILE_H_
+
+#if wxUSE_METAFILE
+#include "wx/dc.h"
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
+#include "wx/dataobj.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Metafile and metafile device context classes
+ *
+ */
+
+#define wxMetaFile wxMetafile
+#define wxMetaFileDC wxMetafileDC
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafile;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafileRefData: public wxGDIRefData
+{
+ friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafile;
+public:
+ wxMetafileRefData(void);
+ ~wxMetafileRefData(void);
+
+public:
+ WXHMETAFILE m_metafile;
+};
+
+#define M_METAFILEDATA ((wxMetafileRefData *)m_refData)
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafile: public wxGDIObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetafile)
+public:
+ // Copy constructor
+ wxMetafile(const wxMetafile& metafile)
+ : wxGDIObject()
+ { Ref(metafile); }
+
+ wxMetafile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
+ ~wxMetafile(void);
+
+ // After this is called, the metafile cannot be used for anything
+ // since it is now owned by the clipboard.
+ virtual bool SetClipboard(int width = 0, int height = 0);
+
+ virtual bool Play(wxDC *dc);
+ inline bool Ok(void) const { return (M_METAFILEDATA && (M_METAFILEDATA->m_metafile != 0)); };
+
+ wxSize GetSize() const;
+ int GetWidth() const { return GetSize().x; }
+ int GetHeight() const { return GetSize().y; }
+
+ // Implementation
+ inline WXHMETAFILE GetHMETAFILE() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_metafile; }
+ void SetHMETAFILE(WXHMETAFILE mf) ;
+
+ // Operators
+ inline wxMetafile& operator = (const wxMetafile& metafile) { if (*this == metafile) return (*this); Ref(metafile); return *this; }
+ inline bool operator == (const wxMetafile& metafile) { return m_refData == metafile.m_refData; }
+ inline bool operator != (const wxMetafile& metafile) { return m_refData != metafile.m_refData; }
+
+protected:
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafileDC: public wxDC
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetafileDC)
+
+ public:
+ // the ctor parameters specify the filename (empty for memory metafiles),
+ // the metafile picture size and the optional description/comment
+ wxMetafileDC(const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString,
+ int width = 0, int height = 0,
+ const wxString& description = wxEmptyString);
+
+ ~wxMetafileDC(void);
+
+ // Should be called at end of drawing
+ virtual wxMetafile *Close(void);
+ virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const ;
+
+ // Implementation
+ inline wxMetafile *GetMetaFile(void) const { return m_metaFile; }
+ inline void SetMetaFile(wxMetafile *mf) { m_metaFile = mf; }
+
+protected:
+ wxMetafile* m_metaFile;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Pass filename of existing non-placeable metafile, and bounding box.
+ * Adds a placeable metafile header, sets the mapping mode to anisotropic,
+ * and sets the window origin and extent to mimic the wxMM_TEXT mapping mode.
+ *
+ */
+
+// No origin or extent
+#define wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable wxMakeMetafilePlaceable
+bool WXDLLEXPORT wxMakeMetafilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, float scale = 1.0);
+
+// Optional origin and extent
+bool WXDLLEXPORT wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, float scale = 1.0, bool useOriginAndExtent = TRUE);
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMetafileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for metafile data
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafileDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
+{
+public:
+ // ctors
+ wxMetafileDataObject()
+ : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE) { };
+ wxMetafileDataObject(const wxMetafile& metafile)
+ : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE), m_metafile(metafile) { }
+
+ // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on
+ // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
+ virtual void SetMetafile(const wxMetafile& metafile)
+ { m_metafile = metafile; }
+ virtual wxMetafile GetMetafile() const
+ { return m_metafile; }
+
+ // implement base class pure virtuals
+ virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
+ virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
+ virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
+
+ virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const
+ { return GetDataSize(); }
+ virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
+ void *buf) const
+ { return GetDataHere(buf); }
+ virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
+ size_t len, const void *buf)
+ { return SetData(len, buf); }
+protected:
+ wxMetafile m_metafile;
+};
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_METAFILE
+
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_METAFIILE_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wx/mac/mimetype.h
+// Purpose: classes and functions to manage MIME types
+// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 23.09.98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
+// Licence: wxWindows licence (part of wxExtra library)
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
+#define _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+ #pragma interface "mimetype.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/mimetype.h"
+
+
+class wxMimeTypesManagerImpl
+{
+public :
+ wxMimeTypesManagerImpl() { }
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+ ~wxMimeTypesManagerImpl() { }
+#endif
+
+ // load all data into memory - done when it is needed for the first time
+ void Initialize(int mailcapStyles = wxMAILCAP_STANDARD,
+ const wxString& extraDir = wxEmptyString);
+
+ // and delete the data here
+ void ClearData();
+
+ // implement containing class functions
+ wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext);
+ wxFileType *GetOrAllocateFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext) ;
+ wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType);
+
+ size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes);
+
+ // this are NOPs under MacOS
+ bool ReadMailcap(const wxString& WXUNUSED(filename), bool WXUNUSED(fallback) = TRUE) { return TRUE; }
+ bool ReadMimeTypes(const wxString& WXUNUSED(filename)) { return TRUE; }
+
+ void AddFallback(const wxFileTypeInfo& ft) { m_fallbacks.Add(ft); }
+
+ // create a new filetype association
+ wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo);
+ // remove association
+ bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft);
+
+ // create a new filetype with the given name and extension
+ wxFileType *CreateFileType(const wxString& filetype, const wxString& ext);
+
+private:
+ wxArrayFileTypeInfo m_fallbacks;
+};
+
+class wxFileTypeImpl
+{
+public:
+ // initialization functions
+ // this is used to construct a list of mimetypes which match;
+ // if built with GetFileTypeFromMimetype index 0 has the exact match and
+ // index 1 the type / * match
+ // if built with GetFileTypeFromExtension, index 0 has the mimetype for
+ // the first extension found, index 1 for the second and so on
+
+ void Init(wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *manager, size_t index)
+ { m_manager = manager; m_index.Add(index); }
+
+ // initialize us with our file type name
+ void SetFileType(const wxString& strFileType)
+ { m_strFileType = strFileType; }
+ void SetExt(const wxString& ext)
+ { m_ext = ext; }
+
+ // implement accessor functions
+ bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions);
+ bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const;
+ bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const;
+ bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconLoc) const;
+ bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const;
+ bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd,
+ const wxFileType::MessageParameters&) const
+ { return GetCommand(openCmd, "open"); }
+ bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd,
+ const wxFileType::MessageParameters&) const
+ { return GetCommand(printCmd, "print"); }
+
+ size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString * verbs, wxArrayString * commands,
+ const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
+
+ // remove the record for this file type
+ // probably a mistake to come here, use wxMimeTypesManager.Unassociate (ft) instead
+ bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft)
+ {
+ return m_manager->Unassociate(ft);
+ }
+
+ // set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and
+ // overwriteprompt is TRUE
+ bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, const wxString& verb, bool overwriteprompt = TRUE);
+ bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& strIcon = wxEmptyString, int index = 0);
+
+ private:
+ // helper function
+ bool GetCommand(wxString *command, const char *verb) const;
+
+ wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *m_manager;
+ wxArrayInt m_index; // in the wxMimeTypesManagerImpl arrays
+ wxString m_strFileType, m_ext;
+};
+
+#endif
+ //_MIMETYPE_H
+
+/* vi: set cin tw=80 ts=4 sw=4: */
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: minifram.h
+// Purpose: wxMiniFrame class. A small frame for e.g. floating toolbars.
+// If there is no equivalent on your platform, just make it a
+// normal frame.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
+#define _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "minifram.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/frame.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMiniFrame: public wxFrame {
+
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMiniFrame)
+
+public:
+ inline wxMiniFrame() {}
+ inline wxMiniFrame(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE|wxTINY_CAPTION_HORIZ,
+ const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
+ {
+ // Use wxFrame constructor in absence of more specific code.
+ Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style | wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW | wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT , name);
+ }
+
+ ~wxMiniFrame() {}
+protected:
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: msgdlg.h
+// Purpose: wxMessageDialog class. Use generic version if no
+// platform-specific implementation.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
+#define _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "msgdlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+#include "wx/dialog.h"
+
+/*
+ * Message box dialog
+ */
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxMessageBoxCaptionStr;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMessageDialog: public wxDialog
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMessageDialog)
+
+protected:
+ wxString m_caption;
+ wxString m_message;
+ long m_dialogStyle;
+ wxWindow * m_parent;
+public:
+ wxMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent,
+ const wxString& message,
+ const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr,
+ long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
+
+ int ShowModal();
+
+ // not supported for message dialog, RR
+ virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
+ int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
+ int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {}
+
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: notebook.h
+// Purpose: MSW/GTK compatible notebook (a.k.a. property sheet)
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
+#define _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "notebook.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#include "wx/event.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// types
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// fwd declarations
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxNotebook
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// @@@ this class should really derive from wxTabCtrl, but the interface is not
+// exactly the same, so I can't do it right now and instead we reimplement
+// part of wxTabCtrl here
+class wxNotebook : public wxNotebookBase
+{
+public:
+ // ctors
+ // -----
+ // default for dynamic class
+ wxNotebook();
+ // the same arguments as for wxControl (@@@ any special styles?)
+ wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxT("notebook"));
+ // Create() function
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxT("notebook"));
+ // dtor
+ ~wxNotebook();
+
+ // accessors
+ // ---------
+ // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously
+ // selected one (or -1 on error)
+ // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events
+ int SetSelection(size_t nPage);
+ // get the currently selected page
+ int GetSelection() const { return m_nSelection; }
+
+ // set/get the title of a page
+ bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText);
+ wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const;
+
+ // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list
+ int GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const;
+ bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage);
+
+ // control the appearance of the notebook pages
+ // set the size (the same for all pages)
+ virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size);
+ // set the padding between tabs (in pixels)
+ virtual void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
+ // sets the size of the tabs (assumes all tabs are the same size)
+ virtual void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz);
+
+ // calculate size for wxNotebookSizer
+ wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
+ wxRect GetPageRect() const ;
+/*
+ // get number of pages in the dialog
+ int GetPageCount() const;
+
+ // cycle thru the tabs
+ void AdvanceSelection(bool bForward = TRUE);
+
+
+ // currently it's always 1 because wxGTK doesn't support multi-row
+ // tab controls
+ int GetRowCount() const;
+*/
+ // operations
+ // ----------
+ // remove all pages
+ bool DeleteAllPages();
+ // the same as AddPage(), but adds it at the specified position
+ bool InsertPage(size_t nPage,
+ wxNotebookPage *pPage,
+ const wxString& strText,
+ bool bSelect = FALSE,
+ int imageId = -1);
+/*
+ // get the panel which represents the given page
+ wxNotebookPage *GetPage(int nPage) { return m_aPages[nPage]; }
+*/
+ // callbacks
+ // ---------
+ void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
+ void OnSelChange(wxNotebookEvent& event);
+ void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
+ void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event);
+ void OnMouse(wxMouseEvent &event);
+
+ // implementation
+ // --------------
+
+#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
+ virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = TRUE);
+ virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase);
+
+#endif
+
+ // base class virtuals
+ // -------------------
+ virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+protected:
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
+ virtual wxNotebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t page) ;
+ virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+
+ // helper functions
+ void ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel); // change pages
+ void MacSetupTabs();
+
+ // the icon indices
+ wxArrayInt m_images;
+
+ int m_nSelection; // the current selection (-1 if none)
+
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebook)
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+
+#endif // _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: palette.h
+// Purpose: wxPalette class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_PALETTE_H_
+#define _WX_PALETTE_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "palette.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/colour.h"
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaletteRefData: public wxGDIRefData
+{
+ DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPaletteRefData)
+
+ friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette;
+public:
+ wxPaletteRefData();
+ ~wxPaletteRefData();
+protected:
+ wxColour* m_palette;
+ wxInt32 m_count ;
+};
+
+#define M_PALETTEDATA ((wxPaletteRefData *)m_refData)
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette: public wxGDIObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette)
+
+public:
+ wxPalette();
+ wxPalette(const wxPalette& palette)
+ : wxGDIObject()
+ { Ref(palette); }
+
+ wxPalette(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue);
+ ~wxPalette();
+ bool Create(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue);
+ int GetPixel(const unsigned char red, const unsigned char green, const unsigned char blue) const;
+ bool GetRGB(int pixel, unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue) const;
+
+ virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
+
+ inline wxPalette& operator = (const wxPalette& palette) { if (*this == palette) return (*this); Ref(palette); return *this; }
+ inline bool operator == (const wxPalette& palette) { return m_refData == palette.m_refData; }
+ inline bool operator != (const wxPalette& palette) { return m_refData != palette.m_refData; }
+
+/* TODO: implementation
+ inline WXHPALETTE GetHPALETTE() const { return (M_PALETTEDATA ? M_PALETTEDATA->m_hPalette : 0); }
+ void SetHPALETTE(WXHPALETTE pal);
+*/
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_PALETTE_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wx/mac/pen.h
+// Purpose: wxPen class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_PEN_H_
+#define _WX_PEN_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "pen.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
+#include "wx/colour.h"
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPenRefData: public wxGDIRefData
+{
+ friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen;
+public:
+ wxPenRefData();
+ wxPenRefData(const wxPenRefData& data);
+ ~wxPenRefData();
+
+ wxPenRefData& operator=(const wxPenRefData& data);
+
+protected:
+ int m_width;
+ int m_style;
+ int m_join ;
+ int m_cap ;
+ wxBitmap m_stipple ;
+ int m_nbDash ;
+ wxDash * m_dash ;
+ wxColour m_colour;
+/* TODO: implementation
+ WXHPEN m_hPen;
+*/
+};
+
+#define M_PENDATA ((wxPenRefData *)m_refData)
+
+// Pen
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen: public wxGDIObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPen)
+public:
+ wxPen();
+ wxPen(const wxColour& col, int width = 1, int style = wxSOLID);
+ wxPen(const wxBitmap& stipple, int width);
+ wxPen(const wxPen& pen)
+ : wxGDIObject()
+ { Ref(pen); }
+ ~wxPen();
+
+ inline wxPen& operator = (const wxPen& pen) { if (*this == pen) return (*this); Ref(pen); return *this; }
+ inline bool operator == (const wxPen& pen) { return m_refData == pen.m_refData; }
+ inline bool operator != (const wxPen& pen) { return m_refData != pen.m_refData; }
+
+ virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
+
+ // Override in order to recreate the pen
+ void SetColour(const wxColour& col) ;
+ void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) ;
+
+ void SetWidth(int width) ;
+ void SetStyle(int style) ;
+ void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple) ;
+ void SetDashes(int nb_dashes, const wxDash *dash) ;
+ void SetJoin(int join) ;
+ void SetCap(int cap) ;
+
+ inline wxColour& GetColour() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_colour : wxNullColour); };
+ inline int GetWidth() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_width : 0); };
+ inline int GetStyle() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_style : 0); };
+ inline int GetJoin() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_join : 0); };
+ inline int GetCap() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_cap : 0); };
+ inline int GetDashes(wxDash **ptr) const {
+ *ptr = (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_dash : (wxDash*) NULL); return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_nbDash : 0);
+ }
+
+ inline wxBitmap *GetStipple() const { return (M_PENDATA ? (& M_PENDATA->m_stipple) : (wxBitmap*) NULL); };
+
+// Implementation
+
+ // Useful helper: create the brush resource
+ bool RealizeResource();
+
+ // When setting properties, we must make sure we're not changing
+ // another object
+ void Unshare();
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_PEN_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: pnghand.h
+// Purpose: PNG bitmap handler
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 04/01/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "pnghand.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _WX_PNGHAND_H_
+#define _WX_PNGHAND_H_
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPNGFileHandler: public wxBitmapHandler
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPNGFileHandler)
+public:
+ inline wxPNGFileHandler(void)
+ {
+ m_name = wxT("PNG bitmap file");
+ m_extension = wxT("bmp");
+ m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG;
+ };
+
+ virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
+ int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight);
+ virtual bool SaveFile(const wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, int type, const wxPalette *palette = NULL);
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_PNGHAND_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * File: pngread.h
+ * Purpose: PNG file reader
+ * Author: Alejandro Aguilar Sierra/Julian Smart
+ * Created: 1995
+ * Copyright: (c) 1995, Alejandro Aguilar Sierra <asierra@servidor.unam.mx>
+ *
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WX_PNGREAD__
+#define _WX_PNGREAD__
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "pngread.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef byte
+typedef unsigned char byte;
+#endif
+
+#define WXIMA_COLORS DIB_PAL_COLORS
+
+typedef byte * ImagePointerType;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ byte red;
+ byte green;
+ byte blue;
+} rgb_color_struct;
+
+
+#define COLORTYPE_PALETTE 1
+#define COLORTYPE_COLOR 2
+#define COLORTYPE_ALPHA 4
+
+class wxPNGReader
+{
+protected:
+ int filetype;
+ char filename[255];
+ ImagePointerType RawImage; // Image data
+
+ int Width, Height; // Dimensions
+ int Depth; // (bits x pixel)
+ int ColorType; // Bit 1 = Palette used
+ // Bit 2 = Color used
+ // Bit 3 = Alpha used
+
+ long EfeWidth; // Efective Width
+
+ void *lpbi;
+ int bgindex;
+ wxPalette* m_palette;
+ bool imageOK;
+friend class wxPNGReaderIter;
+public:
+ wxPNGReader(void);
+ wxPNGReader (char* ImageFileName); // Read an image file
+ virtual ~wxPNGReader ();
+
+ void Create(int width, int height, int deep, int colortype=-1);
+
+ bool ReadFile( char* ImageFileName=0 );
+ bool SaveFile( char* ImageFileName=0 );
+ bool SaveXPM(char *filename, char *name = 0);
+ int GetWidth( void ) const { return Width; };
+ int GetHeight( void ) const { return Height; };
+ int GetDepth( void ) const { return Depth; };
+ int GetColorType( void ) const { return ColorType; };
+
+ int GetIndex(int x, int y);
+ bool GetRGB(int x, int y, byte* r, byte* g, byte* b);
+
+ bool SetIndex(int x, int y, int index);
+ bool SetRGB(int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b);
+
+ // ColorMap settings
+ bool SetPalette(wxPalette* colourmap);
+ bool SetPalette(int n, rgb_color_struct *rgb_struct);
+ bool SetPalette(int n, byte *r, byte *g=0, byte *b=0);
+ wxPalette* GetPalette() const { return m_palette; }
+
+ void NullData();
+ inline int GetBGIndex(void) { return bgindex; }
+
+ inline bool Inside(int x, int y)
+ { return (0<=y && y<Height && 0<=x && x<Width); }
+
+ virtual wxBitmap *GetBitmap(void);
+ virtual bool InstantiateBitmap(wxBitmap *bitmap);
+ wxMask *CreateMask(void);
+
+ inline bool Ok(void) { return imageOK; }
+};
+
+class wxPNGReaderIter
+{
+protected:
+ int Itx, Ity; // Counters
+ int Stepx, Stepy;
+ ImagePointerType IterImage; // Image pointer
+ wxPNGReader *ima;
+public:
+// Constructors
+ wxPNGReaderIter ( void );
+ wxPNGReaderIter ( wxPNGReader *imax );
+ operator wxPNGReader* ();
+
+// Iterators
+ bool ItOK ();
+ void reset ();
+ void upset ();
+ void SetRow(byte *buf, int n);
+ void GetRow(byte *buf, int n);
+ byte GetByte( ) { return IterImage[Itx]; }
+ void SetByte(byte b) { IterImage[Itx] = b; }
+ ImagePointerType GetRow(void);
+ bool NextRow();
+ bool PrevRow();
+ bool NextByte();
+ bool PrevByte();
+
+ void SetSteps(int x, int y=0) { Stepx = x; Stepy = y; }
+ void GetSteps(int *x, int *y) { *x = Stepx; *y = Stepy; }
+ bool NextStep();
+ bool PrevStep();
+
+////////////////////////// AD - for interlace ///////////////////////////////
+ void SetY(int y);
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+};
+
+
+inline
+wxPNGReaderIter::wxPNGReaderIter(void)
+{
+ ima = 0;
+ IterImage = 0;
+ Itx = Ity = 0;
+ Stepx = Stepy = 0;
+}
+
+inline
+wxPNGReaderIter::wxPNGReaderIter(wxPNGReader *imax): ima(imax)
+{
+ if (ima)
+ IterImage = ima->RawImage;
+ Itx = Ity = 0;
+ Stepx = Stepy = 0;
+}
+
+inline
+wxPNGReaderIter::operator wxPNGReader* ()
+{
+ return ima;
+}
+
+inline
+bool wxPNGReaderIter::ItOK ()
+{
+ if (ima)
+ return ima->Inside(Itx, Ity);
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+inline void wxPNGReaderIter::reset()
+{
+ IterImage = ima->RawImage;
+ Itx = Ity = 0;
+}
+
+inline void wxPNGReaderIter::upset()
+{
+ Itx = 0;
+ Ity = ima->Height-1;
+ IterImage = ima->RawImage + ima->EfeWidth*(ima->Height-1);
+}
+
+inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::NextRow()
+{
+ if (++Ity >= ima->Height) return 0;
+ IterImage += ima->EfeWidth;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::PrevRow()
+{
+ if (--Ity < 0) return 0;
+ IterImage -= ima->EfeWidth;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+////////////////////////// AD - for interlace ///////////////////////////////
+inline void wxPNGReaderIter::SetY(int y)
+{
+ if ((y < 0) || (y > ima->Height)) return;
+ Ity = y;
+ IterImage = ima->RawImage + ima->EfeWidth*y;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+inline void wxPNGReaderIter::SetRow(byte *buf, int n)
+{
+// Here should be bcopy or memcpy
+ //_fmemcpy(IterImage, (void far *)buf, n);
+ if (n<0)
+ n = ima->GetWidth();
+
+ for (int i=0; i<n; i++) IterImage[i] = buf[i];
+}
+
+inline void wxPNGReaderIter::GetRow(byte *buf, int n)
+{
+ for (int i=0; i<n; i++) buf[i] = IterImage[i];
+}
+
+inline ImagePointerType wxPNGReaderIter::GetRow()
+{
+ return IterImage;
+}
+
+inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::NextByte()
+{
+ if (++Itx < ima->EfeWidth)
+ return 1;
+ else
+ if (++Ity < ima->Height)
+ {
+ IterImage += ima->EfeWidth;
+ Itx = 0;
+ return 1;
+ } else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::PrevByte()
+{
+ if (--Itx >= 0)
+ return 1;
+ else
+ if (--Ity >= 0)
+ {
+ IterImage -= ima->EfeWidth;
+ Itx = 0;
+ return 1;
+ } else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::NextStep()
+{
+ Itx += Stepx;
+ if (Itx < ima->EfeWidth)
+ return 1;
+ else {
+ Ity += Stepy;
+ if (Ity < ima->Height)
+ {
+ IterImage += ima->EfeWidth;
+ Itx = 0;
+ return 1;
+ } else
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::PrevStep()
+{
+ Itx -= Stepx;
+ if (Itx >= 0)
+ return 1;
+ else {
+ Ity -= Stepy;
+ if (Ity >= 0 && Ity < ima->Height)
+ {
+ IterImage -= ima->EfeWidth;
+ Itx = 0;
+ return 1;
+ } else
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: printdlg.h
+// Purpose: wxPrintDialog, wxPageSetupDialog classes.
+// Use generic, PostScript version if no
+// platform-specific implementation.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_PRINTDLG_H_
+#define _WX_PRINTDLG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "printdlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dialog.h"
+#include "wx/cmndata.h"
+
+/*
+ * wxPrinterDialog
+ * The common dialog for printing.
+ */
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintDialog: public wxDialog
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialog)
+
+ public:
+ wxPrintDialog();
+ wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL);
+ wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data );
+ ~wxPrintDialog();
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL);
+ virtual int ShowModal();
+
+ wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() { return m_printDialogData; }
+ wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printDialogData.GetPrintData(); }
+ virtual wxDC *GetPrintDC();
+
+ private:
+ wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData;
+ wxDC* m_printerDC;
+ bool m_destroyDC;
+ wxWindow* m_dialogParent;
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPageSetupDialog: public wxDialog
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialog)
+
+ public:
+ wxPageSetupDialog();
+ wxPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupData *data = NULL);
+ ~wxPageSetupDialog();
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupData *data = NULL);
+ virtual int ShowModal();
+
+ inline wxPageSetupData& GetPageSetupData() { return m_pageSetupData; }
+ private:
+ wxPageSetupData m_pageSetupData;
+ wxWindow* m_dialogParent;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_PRINTDLG_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: printwin.h
+// Purpose: wxWindowsPrinter, wxWindowsPrintPreview classes
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 01/02/97
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_PRINTWIN_H_
+#define _WX_PRINTWIN_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "printwin.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/prntbase.h"
+
+/*
+ * Represents the printer: manages printing a wxPrintout object
+ */
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMacPrinter: public wxPrinterBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMacPrinter)
+
+ public:
+ wxMacPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
+ virtual ~wxMacPrinter();
+
+ virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxPrintout *printout,
+ bool prompt = TRUE);
+ virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent);
+ virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent);
+
+};
+
+/*
+ * wxPrintPreview
+ * Programmer creates an object of this class to preview a wxPrintout.
+ */
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMacPrintPreview: public wxPrintPreviewBase
+{
+ DECLARE_CLASS(wxMacPrintPreview)
+
+ public:
+ wxMacPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
+ wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL,
+ wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
+ wxMacPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
+ wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting,
+ wxPrintData *data);
+ virtual ~wxMacPrintPreview();
+
+ virtual bool Print(bool interactive);
+ virtual void DetermineScaling();
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_PRINTWIN_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: private.h
+// Purpose: Private declarations: as this header is only included by
+// wxWindows itself, it may contain identifiers which don't start
+// with "wx".
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_H_
+#define _WX_PRIVATE_H_
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/app.h"
+
+#ifdef __DARWIN__
+# include <Carbon/Carbon.h>
+#else
+# include <Quickdraw.h>
+# include <Appearance.h>
+# include <Folders.h>
+# include <Controls.h>
+# include <ControlDefinitions.h>
+# include <LowMem.h>
+# include <Gestalt.h>
+#endif
+
+#if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION < 0x0340
+ #error "please update to Apple's lastest universal headers from http://developer.apple.com/sdk/"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+
+#include "wx/window.h"
+
+class wxMacPortStateHelper
+{
+ DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMacPortStateHelper)
+
+public:
+ wxMacPortStateHelper( GrafPtr newport) ;
+ wxMacPortStateHelper() ;
+ ~wxMacPortStateHelper() ;
+
+ void Setup( GrafPtr newport ) ;
+ void Clear() ;
+ bool IsCleared() { return m_clip == NULL ; }
+ GrafPtr GetCurrentPort() { return m_currentPort ; }
+
+private:
+ GrafPtr m_currentPort ;
+ GrafPtr m_oldPort ;
+ RgnHandle m_clip ;
+ ThemeDrawingState m_drawingState ;
+ short m_textFont ;
+ short m_textSize ;
+ short m_textStyle ;
+ short m_textMode ;
+} ;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMacPortSetter
+{
+ DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMacPortSetter)
+
+public:
+ wxMacPortSetter( const wxDC* dc ) ;
+ ~wxMacPortSetter() ;
+private:
+ wxMacPortStateHelper m_ph ;
+ const wxDC* m_dc ;
+} ;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMacWindowClipper
+{
+ DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMacWindowClipper)
+
+public:
+ wxMacWindowClipper( const wxWindow* win ) ;
+ ~wxMacWindowClipper() ;
+private:
+ RgnHandle m_formerClip ;
+ RgnHandle m_newClip ;
+} ;
+
+class wxMacDrawingHelper
+{
+ DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMacDrawingHelper)
+
+public:
+ wxMacDrawingHelper( wxWindowMac * theWindow , bool clientArea = false ) ;
+ ~wxMacDrawingHelper() ;
+ bool Ok() { return m_ok ; }
+ void LocalToWindow( Rect *rect) { OffsetRect( rect , m_origin.h , m_origin.v ) ; }
+ void LocalToWindow( Point *pt ) { AddPt( m_origin , pt ) ; }
+ void LocalToWindow( RgnHandle rgn ) { OffsetRgn( rgn , m_origin.h , m_origin.v ) ; }
+ const Point& GetOrigin() { return m_origin ; }
+private:
+ Point m_origin ;
+ GrafPtr m_formerPort ;
+ GrafPtr m_currentPort ;
+ PenState m_savedPenState ;
+ bool m_ok ;
+} ;
+
+// app.h
+bool wxMacConvertEventToRecord( EventRef event , EventRecord *rec) ;
+
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+// filefn.h
+WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxMacFSSpec2MacFilename( const FSSpec *spec ) ;
+WXDLLEXPORT void wxMacFilename2FSSpec( const char *path , FSSpec *spec ) ;
+WXDLLEXPORT void wxMacFilename2FSSpec( const wxChar *path , FSSpec *spec ) ;
+# ifndef __DARWIN__
+// Mac file names are POSIX (Unix style) under Darwin, so these are not needed
+WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxMacFSSpec2UnixFilename( const FSSpec *spec ) ;
+WXDLLEXPORT void wxUnixFilename2FSSpec( const char *path , FSSpec *spec ) ;
+WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxMac2UnixFilename( const char *s) ;
+WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxUnix2MacFilename( const char *s);
+# endif
+
+// utils.h
+WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxMacFindFolder(short vRefNum,
+ OSType folderType,
+ Boolean createFolder);
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+
+GWorldPtr wxMacCreateGWorld( int width , int height , int depth ) ;
+void wxMacDestroyGWorld( GWorldPtr gw ) ;
+PicHandle wxMacCreatePict( GWorldPtr gw , GWorldPtr mask = NULL ) ;
+CIconHandle wxMacCreateCIcon(GWorldPtr image , GWorldPtr mask , short dstDepth , short iconSize ) ;
+void wxMacSetColorTableEntry( CTabHandle newColors , int index , int red , int green , int blue ) ;
+CTabHandle wxMacCreateColorTable( int numColors ) ;
+void wxMacCreateBitmapButton( ControlButtonContentInfo*info , const wxBitmap& bitmap , int forceType = 0 ) ;
+
+#define MAC_WXCOLORREF(a) (*((RGBColor*)&(a)))
+#define MAC_WXHBITMAP(a) (GWorldPtr(a))
+#define MAC_WXHMETAFILE(a) (PicHandle(a))
+#define MAC_WXHICON(a) (CIconHandle(a))
+#define MAC_WXHCURSOR(a) (CursHandle(a))
+#define MAC_WXHRGN(a) (RgnHandle(a))
+#define MAC_WXHWND(a) (WindowPtr(a))
+#define MAC_WXRECPTR(a) ((Rect*)a)
+#define MAC_WXPOINTPTR(a) ((Point*)a)
+#define MAC_WXHMENU(a) ((MenuHandle)a)
+
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMac string conversions
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxMacSetupConverters() ;
+void wxMacCleanupConverters() ;
+
+void wxMacStringToPascal( const wxString&from , StringPtr to ) ;
+wxString wxMacMakeStringFromPascal( ConstStringPtr from ) ;
+
+void wxMacConvertNewlines13To10( char * data ) ;
+void wxMacConvertNewlines10To13( char * data ) ;
+void wxMacConvertNewlines13To10( wxString *data ) ;
+void wxMacConvertNewlines10To13( wxString *data ) ;
+
+#if wxUSE_UNICODE
+void wxMacConvertNewlines13To10( wxChar * data ) ;
+void wxMacConvertNewlines10To13( wxChar * data ) ;
+#endif
+
+#if TARGET_CARBON
+
+class wxMacCFStringHolder
+{
+public:
+ wxMacCFStringHolder()
+ {
+ m_cfs = NULL ;
+ m_release = false ;
+ }
+
+ wxMacCFStringHolder(const wxString &str , wxFontEncoding encoding )
+ {
+ m_cfs = NULL ;
+ m_release = false ;
+ Assign( str , encoding ) ;
+ }
+
+ wxMacCFStringHolder(CFStringRef ref , bool release = true )
+ {
+ m_cfs = ref ;
+ m_release = release ;
+ }
+
+ ~wxMacCFStringHolder()
+ {
+ Release() ;
+ }
+
+ CFStringRef Detach()
+ {
+ CFStringRef retval = m_cfs ;
+ m_release = false ;
+ m_cfs = NULL ;
+ return retval ;
+ }
+
+ void Release()
+ {
+ if ( m_release && m_cfs)
+ CFRelease( m_cfs ) ;
+ m_cfs = NULL ;
+ }
+
+ void Assign( const wxString &str , wxFontEncoding encoding ) ;
+
+ operator CFStringRef () { return m_cfs; }
+ wxString AsString( wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT ) ;
+
+private:
+
+ CFStringRef m_cfs;
+ bool m_release ;
+} ;
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+wxUint32 wxMacGetSystemEncFromFontEnc(wxFontEncoding encoding) ;
+wxFontEncoding wxMacGetFontEncFromSystemEnc(wxUint32 encoding) ;
+
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_PRIVATE_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: radiobox.h
+// Purpose: wxRadioBox class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
+#define _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "radiobox.h"
+#endif
+
+// List box item
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap ;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioButton ;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioBox: public wxControl, public wxRadioBoxBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox)
+public:
+// Constructors & destructor
+ wxRadioBox();
+ inline wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+ int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, n, choices, majorDim, style, val, name);
+ }
+ inline wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
+ const wxArrayString& choices,
+ int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, choices,
+ majorDim, style, val, name);
+ }
+ ~wxRadioBox();
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+ int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
+ const wxArrayString& choices,
+ int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
+
+// Specific functions (in wxWindows2 reference)
+ virtual void SetSelection(int item);
+ virtual int GetSelection() const;
+
+ inline virtual int GetCount() const { return m_noItems; } ;
+
+ virtual wxString GetString(int item) const;
+ virtual void SetString(int item, const wxString& label) ;
+
+ virtual void Enable(int item, bool enable);
+ virtual void Show(int item, bool show) ;
+
+ virtual int GetColumnCount() const ;
+ virtual int GetRowCount() const ;
+
+
+ virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE);
+ virtual wxString GetLabel() const;
+ virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) ;
+ virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
+
+// Other external functions
+ void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+ void SetFocus();
+
+// Other variable access functions
+ inline int GetNumberOfRowsOrCols() const { return m_noRowsOrCols; }
+ inline void SetNumberOfRowsOrCols(int n) { m_noRowsOrCols = n; }
+
+ void OnRadioButton( wxCommandEvent& event ) ;
+protected:
+ wxRadioButton *m_radioButtonCycle;
+
+ int m_majorDim ;
+ int m_noItems;
+ int m_noRowsOrCols;
+
+// Internal functions
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
+ virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
+ int width, int height,
+ int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
+
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: radiobut.h
+// Purpose: wxRadioButton class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 01/02/97
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
+#define _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "radiobut.h"
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioButton: public wxControl
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioButton)
+ protected:
+public:
+ inline wxRadioButton() {}
+ inline wxRadioButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr);
+
+ virtual void SetValue(bool val);
+ virtual bool GetValue() const ;
+
+ // implementation
+
+ virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown );
+ void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+ wxRadioButton *AddInCycle(wxRadioButton *cycle);
+ inline wxRadioButton *NextInCycle() {return m_cycle;}
+
+ protected:
+
+ wxRadioButton *m_cycle;
+};
+
+// Not implemented
+#if 0
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap ;
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapRadioButton: public wxRadioButton
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapRadioButton)
+ protected:
+ wxBitmap *theButtonBitmap;
+ public:
+ inline wxBitmapRadioButton() { theButtonBitmap = NULL; }
+ inline wxBitmapRadioButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxBitmap *label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxBitmap *label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr);
+
+ virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap *label);
+ virtual void SetValue(bool val) ;
+ virtual bool GetValue() const ;
+};
+#endif
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: region.h
+// Purpose: wxRegion class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_REGION_H_
+#define _WX_REGION_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "region.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/list.h"
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPoint;
+
+enum wxRegionContain {
+ wxOutRegion = 0, wxPartRegion = 1, wxInRegion = 2
+};
+
+// So far, for internal use only
+enum wxRegionOp {
+wxRGN_AND, // Creates the intersection of the two combined regions.
+wxRGN_COPY, // Creates a copy of the region identified by hrgnSrc1.
+wxRGN_DIFF, // Combines the parts of hrgnSrc1 that are not part of hrgnSrc2.
+wxRGN_OR, // Creates the union of two combined regions.
+wxRGN_XOR // Creates the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas.
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegion : public wxGDIObject {
+DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegion);
+ friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegionIterator;
+public:
+ wxRegion(long x, long y, long w, long h);
+ wxRegion(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight);
+ wxRegion(const wxRect& rect);
+ wxRegion( WXHRGN hRegion );
+ wxRegion();
+ wxRegion( const wxBitmap& bmp,
+ const wxColour& transColour = wxNullColour,
+ int tolerance = 0)
+ {
+ Union(bmp, transColour, tolerance);
+ }
+
+ ~wxRegion();
+
+ //# Copying
+ wxRegion(const wxRegion& r)
+ : wxGDIObject()
+ { Ref(r); }
+ wxRegion& operator = (const wxRegion& r)
+ { Ref(r); return (*this); }
+
+ //# Modify region
+ // Clear current region
+ void Clear();
+
+ // Union rectangle or region with this.
+ bool Union(long x, long y, long width, long height)
+ { return Combine(x, y, width, height, wxRGN_OR); }
+ bool Union(const wxRect& rect)
+ { return Combine(rect, wxRGN_OR); }
+ bool Union(const wxRegion& region)
+ { return Combine(region, wxRGN_OR); }
+
+ // Intersect rectangle or region with this.
+ bool Intersect(long x, long y, long width, long height)
+ { return Combine(x, y, width, height, wxRGN_AND); }
+ bool Intersect(const wxRect& rect)
+ { return Combine(rect, wxRGN_AND); }
+ bool Intersect(const wxRegion& region)
+ { return Combine(region, wxRGN_AND); }
+
+ // Subtract rectangle or region from this:
+ // Combines the parts of 'this' that are not part of the second region.
+ bool Subtract(long x, long y, long width, long height)
+ { return Combine(x, y, width, height, wxRGN_DIFF); }
+ bool Subtract(const wxRect& rect)
+ { return Combine(rect, wxRGN_DIFF); }
+ bool Subtract(const wxRegion& region)
+ { return Combine(region, wxRGN_DIFF); }
+
+ // XOR: the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas.
+ bool Xor(long x, long y, long width, long height)
+ { return Combine(x, y, width, height, wxRGN_XOR); }
+ bool Xor(const wxRect& rect)
+ { return Combine(rect, wxRGN_XOR); }
+ bool Xor(const wxRegion& region)
+ { return Combine(region, wxRGN_XOR); }
+
+ //# Information on region
+ // Outer bounds of region
+ void GetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord&w, wxCoord &h) const;
+ wxRect GetBox() const ;
+
+ // Is region empty?
+ bool Empty() const;
+ inline bool IsEmpty() const { return Empty(); }
+
+ //# Tests
+ // Does the region contain the point (x,y)?
+ wxRegionContain Contains(long x, long y) const;
+ // Does the region contain the point pt?
+ wxRegionContain Contains(const wxPoint& pt) const;
+ // Does the region contain the rectangle (x, y, w, h)?
+ wxRegionContain Contains(long x, long y, long w, long h) const;
+ // Does the region contain the rectangle rect?
+ wxRegionContain Contains(const wxRect& rect) const;
+
+ // Convert the region to a B&W bitmap with the white pixels being inside
+ // the region.
+ wxBitmap ConvertToBitmap() const;
+
+ // Use the non-transparent pixels of a wxBitmap for the region to combine
+ // with this region. If the bitmap has a mask then it will be used,
+ // otherwise the colour to be treated as transparent may be specified,
+ // along with an optional tolerance value.
+ bool Union(const wxBitmap& bmp,
+ const wxColour& transColour = wxNullColour,
+ int tolerance = 0);
+
+ // Internal
+ bool Combine(long x, long y, long width, long height, wxRegionOp op);
+ bool Combine(const wxRegion& region, wxRegionOp op);
+ bool Combine(const wxRect& rect, wxRegionOp op);
+ const WXHRGN GetWXHRGN() const ;
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegionIterator : public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegionIterator)
+
+public:
+ wxRegionIterator();
+ wxRegionIterator(const wxRegion& region);
+ wxRegionIterator(const wxRegionIterator& iterator);
+ ~wxRegionIterator();
+
+ wxRegionIterator& operator=(const wxRegionIterator& iterator);
+
+ void Reset() { m_current = 0; }
+ void Reset(const wxRegion& region);
+
+ operator bool () const { return m_current < m_numRects; }
+ bool HaveRects() const { return m_current < m_numRects; }
+
+ wxRegionIterator& operator++();
+ wxRegionIterator operator++(int);
+
+ long GetX() const;
+ long GetY() const;
+ long GetW() const;
+ long GetWidth() const { return GetW(); }
+ long GetH() const;
+ long GetHeight() const { return GetH(); }
+ wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetX(), GetY(), GetWidth(), GetHeight()); }
+private:
+ void SetRects(long numRects, wxRect *rects);
+
+ long m_current;
+ long m_numRects;
+ wxRegion m_region;
+ wxRect* m_rects;
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_REGION_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: scrollbar.h
+// Purpose: wxScrollBar class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
+#define _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "scrolbar.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxScrollBarNameStr;
+
+// Scrollbar item
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollBar: public wxControl
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBar)
+
+public:
+ inline wxScrollBar() { m_pageSize = 0; m_viewSize = 0; m_objectSize = 0; }
+ ~wxScrollBar();
+
+ inline wxScrollBar(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr);
+
+ int GetThumbPosition() const ;
+ inline int GetThumbSize() const { return m_viewSize; }
+ inline int GetPageSize() const { return m_pageSize; }
+ inline int GetRange() const { return m_objectSize; }
+
+ bool IsVertical() const { return (m_windowStyle & wxVERTICAL) != 0; }
+
+ virtual void SetThumbPosition(int viewStart);
+ virtual void SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize, int range, int pageSize,
+ bool refresh = TRUE);
+
+ void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+ virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
+
+protected:
+ int m_pageSize;
+ int m_viewSize;
+ int m_objectSize;
+
+DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: setup.h
+// Purpose: Configuration for the library
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by: Stefan Csomor
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_SETUP_H_
+#define _WX_SETUP_H_
+
+#define wxUSE_LIBMSPACK 0
+#define wxUSE_SOUND 1
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global settings
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from
+// makefile/project file overriding the value here
+#ifndef wxUSE_GUI
+ #define wxUSE_GUI 1
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// compatibility settings
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.0 API: set it to 1 to
+// enable it
+//
+// Default is 0.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code instead!)
+#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2 0
+
+// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.2 API: set it to 0 to
+// flag all cases of using deprecated functions.
+//
+// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will
+// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear
+// in the version after it completely.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
+#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 1
+
+// in wxMSW version 2.1.11 and earlier, wxIcon always derives from wxBitmap,
+// but this is very dangerous because you can mistakenly pass an icon instead
+// of a bitmap to a function taking "const wxBitmap&" - which will *not* work
+// because an icon is not a valid bitmap
+//
+// Starting from 2.1.12, you have the choice under this backwards compatible
+// behaviour (your code will still compile, but probably won't behave as
+// expected!) and not deriving wxIcon class from wxBitmap, but providing a
+// conversion ctor wxBitmap(const wxIcon&) instead.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0
+#define wxICON_IS_BITMAP 0
+
+// Define as 1 for font size to be backward compatible to 1.63 and earlier.
+// 1.64 and later define point sizes to be compatible with Windows.
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0
+#define wxFONT_SIZE_COMPATIBILITY 0
+
+// Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 to be as per 2.1.16 and before.
+// If migrating between versions, your dialogs may seem to shrink.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0 (the new calculations are more correct!)
+#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY 1
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// debugging settings
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't
+// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but
+// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features
+// as wxWindows memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you
+// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is
+// faster and more fool proof.
+//
+// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug mode
+// (__WXDEBUG__) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0)
+// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined.
+
+// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If
+// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use normal memory operators. It's
+// recommended to set this to 1, since you may well need to output an error log
+// in a production version (or non-debugging beta).
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 but see comment above
+#ifndef __MWERKS__
+#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0
+#else
+#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 1
+#endif
+
+// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF*
+// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined.
+//
+// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if
+// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 but see comment in the beginning of this section
+#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 1
+
+// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally.
+// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors which is a common problem
+// especially if you use another library which also redefines the global new
+// and delete), set this to 0.
+// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0
+#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
+
+// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If
+// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set
+// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently
+// ignored for mingw / cygwin
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0
+#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
+
+// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run
+// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box,
+// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set
+// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work.
+//
+// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler
+// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does)
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it.
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+ #define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 1
+#else
+ #define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Unicode support
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Set wxUSE_UNICODE to 1 to compile wxWindows in Unicode mode: wxChar will be
+// defined as wchar_t, wxString will use Unicode internally. If you set this
+// to 1, you must use wxT() macro for all literal strings in the program.
+//
+// Unicode is currently only fully supported under Windows NT/2000 (Windows 9x
+// doesn't support it and the programs compiled in Unicode mode will not run
+// under 9x).
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0 (unless you only plan to use Windows NT/2000)
+#if TARGET_CARBON && ( !defined(__MWERKS__) || !defined(__MACH__) )
+#define wxUSE_UNICODE 1
+#else
+#define wxUSE_UNICODE 0
+#endif
+// Setting wxUSE_WCHAR_T to 1 gives you some degree of Unicode support without
+// compiling the program in Unicode mode. More precisely, it will be possible
+// to construct wxString from a wide (Unicode) string and convert any wxString
+// to Unicode.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global features
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Compile library in exception-safe mode? If set to 1, the library will try to
+// behave correctly in presence of exceptions (even though it still will not
+// use the exceptions itself) and notify the user code about any unhandled
+// exceptions. If set to 0, propagation of the exceptions through the library
+// code will lead to undefined behaviour -- but the code itself will be
+// slightly smaller and faster.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: depends on whether you intend to use C++ exceptions
+// in your own code (1 if you do, 0 if you don't)
+#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 1
+
+// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and
+// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what
+// you are doing.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
+#define wxUSE_LOG 1
+
+// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
+#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 1
+
+// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
+#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 1
+
+// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
+#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 1
+
+// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line)
+#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 1
+
+// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes
+// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread
+// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the
+// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a
+// somewhat smaller and faster operation.
+//
+// This is ignored under Win16, threads are only supported under Win32.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications
+#define wxUSE_THREADS 1
+
+// If enabled (1), compiles wxWindows streams classes
+#define wxUSE_STREAMS 1
+
+// Use standard C++ streams if 1. If 0, use wxWin streams implementation.
+#ifndef __MWERKS__
+#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM 0
+#else
+#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM 1
+#endif
+
+// Use serialization (requires utils/serialize)
+#define wxUSE_SERIAL 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// non GUI features selection
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit
+// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or
+// uses emulation otherwise.
+//
+// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want
+// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit
+// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it
+// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it
+// off.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_LONGLONG 1
+
+// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level
+// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by
+// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others)
+#define wxUSE_FILE 1
+#define wxUSE_FFILE 1
+
+// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile
+#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 1
+
+// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by
+// wxFileConfig
+#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 1
+
+// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile.
+#define wxUSE_INTL 1
+
+// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which
+// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the
+// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards
+// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime).
+//
+// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha
+// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already
+// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at
+// absolutely minimal version of the library.
+//
+// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_DATETIME 1
+
+// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_TIMER 1
+
+// Use wxStopWatch clas.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket)
+#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH 1
+
+// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes
+// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent
+// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the
+// global config object in wxApp.
+//
+// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_CONFIG 1
+
+// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config
+// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under
+// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under
+// Unix.
+//
+// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use
+// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by
+// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and
+// not wxFileConfig.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1
+
+// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows
+// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up
+// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 1
+
+// Compile in classes for run-time DLL loading and function calling.
+// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER.
+//
+// This setting is for Win32 only
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1
+
+// experimental extension, use with caution.
+#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 0
+
+// Set to 1 to use socket classes
+#define wxUSE_SOCKETS 1
+
+// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML)
+#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1
+
+// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
+#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP 1
+
+// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
+#define wxUSE_FS_INET 1
+
+// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes.
+#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM 1
+
+// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by
+// wxUSE_LIBPNG and wxUSE_GZSTREAM.
+#define wxUSE_ZLIB 1
+
+// Set to 1 to compile wxGzipInput/OutputStream classes. Requires wxUSE_ZLIB.
+#define wxUSE_GZSTREAM 1
+
+// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable
+// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different
+// from wxWindows one.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely)
+#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE 1
+
+// Joystick support class
+#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 1
+
+// wxFontMapper class
+#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1
+
+// wxMimeTypesManager class
+#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 1
+
+// wxProtocol and related classes: if you want to use either of wxFTP, wxHTTP
+// or wxURL you need to set this to 1.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1
+
+// The settings for the individual URL schemes
+#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 1
+#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 1
+#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 1
+
+// Define this to use wxURL class.
+#define wxUSE_URL 1
+
+// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to
+// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex
+// library from src/regex to use it under Windows.
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please
+// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it
+#define wxUSE_REGEX 0
+
+// wxSystemOptions class
+#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1
+
+// wxWave class
+#define wxUSE_WAVE 1
+
+// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so
+// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by XRC)
+#define wxUSE_XML 1
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Individual GUI controls
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all
+// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled)
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs)
+#define wxUSE_CONTROLS 1
+
+// wxPopupWindow class is a top level transient window. It is currently used
+// to implement wxTipWindow but doesn't work yet under Mac.
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0
+#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 0
+
+// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the
+// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN.
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0
+#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW 0
+
+// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWindows control. They are
+// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your
+// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and
+// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must
+// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 // wxButton
+#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 1 // wxBitmapButton
+#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL 1 // wxCalendarCtrl
+#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 1 // wxCheckBox
+#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 1 // wxCheckListBox (requires wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN)
+#define wxUSE_CHOICE 1 // wxChoice
+#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1 // wxComboBox
+#define wxUSE_GAUGE 1 // wxGauge
+#define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1 // wxListBox
+#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 1 // wxListCtrl
+#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX 1 // wxRadioBox
+#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 1 // wxRadioButton
+#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR 1 // wxScrollBar
+#define wxUSE_SLIDER 1 // wxSlider
+#define wxUSE_SPINBTN 1 // wxSpinButton
+#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 1 // wxSpinCtrl
+#define wxUSE_STATBOX 1 // wxStaticBox
+#define wxUSE_STATLINE 1 // wxStaticLine
+#define wxUSE_STATTEXT 1 // wxStaticText
+#define wxUSE_STATBMP 1 // wxStaticBitmap
+#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 1 // wxTextCtrl
+#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN 1 // requires wxButton
+#define wxUSE_TREECTRL 1 // wxTreeCtrl
+
+// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
+// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 1
+
+// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one
+// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native
+// version should be used.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (there is no advantage in using the generic one)
+#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 1
+
+// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar
+// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless
+// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0.
+//
+// Default is 1 for all settings.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE.
+#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1
+#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 1
+
+// this setting is obsolete, value is ignored
+#define wxUSE_BUTTONBAR 1
+
+// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It
+// may be used ot logically organise the data presented to the user instead of
+// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related
+// classes of wxWin 1.6x.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1
+
+// wxListbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxListCtrl instead of
+// the tabs
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1
+
+// wxTabDialog is a generic version of wxNotebook but it is incompatible with
+// the new class. It shouldn't be used in new code.
+//
+// Default is 0.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0 (use wxNotebook)
+#define wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG 0
+
+// wxGrid class
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_GRID 1
+
+// wxProperty[Value/Form/List] classes, used by Dialog Editor
+#define wxUSE_PROPSHEET 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Miscellaneous GUI stuff
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar)
+#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1
+
+// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret
+// under Windows).
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library)
+#define wxUSE_CARET 1
+
+// Use wxDisplay class: it allows enumerating all displays on a system and
+// working with them.
+//
+// Default is 0 because it isn't yet implemented on all platforms
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 if you need it, can be safely set to 0 otherwise
+#define wxUSE_DISPLAY 0
+
+// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library
+#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY 1
+
+// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and
+// wxListCtrl.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls
+// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too)
+#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 1
+
+// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW)
+#define wxUSE_MENUS 1
+
+// Use wxSashWindow class.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_SASH 1
+
+// Use wxSplitterWindow class.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_SPLITTER 1
+
+// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 1
+
+// wxValidator class and related methods
+#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1
+
+// wxDC cacheing implementation
+#define wxUSE_DC_CACHEING 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// common dialogs
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g.
+// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the
+// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work)
+#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1
+
+// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way
+// as wxBusyCursor
+#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO 1
+
+// Use single/multiple choice dialogs.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
+#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1
+
+// Use colour picker dialog
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 1
+
+// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user
+#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1
+
+// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one
+
+// Use file open/save dialogs.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself)
+#define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1
+
+// Use find/replace dialogs.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0)
+#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG 1
+
+// Use font picker dialog
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
+#define wxUSE_FONTDLG 1
+
+// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
+#define wxUSE_MSGDLG 1
+
+// progress dialog class for lengthy operations
+#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1
+
+// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c)
+#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 1
+
+// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function
+#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1
+
+// number entry dialog
+#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1
+
+// splash screen class
+#define wxUSE_SPLASH 1
+
+// wizards
+#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Metafiles support
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not
+// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under
+// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window
+// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in
+// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by
+// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be
+// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting
+// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile
+// in any metafile related classes at all.
+//
+// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS.
+//
+// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs.
+#define wxUSE_METAFILE 1
+#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 1
+#define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Big GUI components
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture
+#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1
+
+// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture
+#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 1
+
+// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code
+#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 1
+
+// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much,
+// much more.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a
+// smaller library.
+#define wxUSE_HTML 1
+
+// OpenGL canvas
+#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Data transfer
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD 1
+
+// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and
+// drop
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 1
+
+// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is
+// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always
+// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// miscellaneous settings
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program
+// instance is running (it is only available under Win32)
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much
+// space)
+#define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER 1
+
+#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1
+
+#define wxUSE_IPC 0
+ // 0 for no interprocess comms
+#define wxUSE_HELP 1
+ // 0 for no help facility
+#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 1
+ // 0 for no MS HTML Help
+#define wxUSE_RESOURCES 1
+ // 0 for no wxGetResource/wxWriteResource
+#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1
+ // 0 for no window layout constraint system
+
+#define wxUSE_SPLINES 1
+ // 0 for no splines
+
+#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL 1
+ // Include mouse wheel support
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// postscript support settings
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Set to 1 for PostScript device context.
+#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT 0
+
+// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent
+#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// database classes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Define 1 to use ODBC classes
+#define wxUSE_ODBC 0
+
+// For backward compatibility reasons, this parameter now only controls the
+// default scrolling method used by cursors. This default behavior can be
+// overriden by setting the second param of wxDB::wxDbGetConnection() or
+// wxDb() constructor to indicate whether the connection (and any wxDbTable()s
+// that use the connection) should support forward only scrolling of cursors,
+// or both forward and backward support for backward scrolling cursors is
+// dependent on the data source as well as the ODBC driver being used.
+#define wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS 1
+
+// Default is 0. Set to 1 to use the deprecated classes, enum types, function,
+// member variables. With a setting of 1, full backward compatability with the
+// 2.0.x release is possible. It is STRONGLY recommended that this be set to 0,
+// as future development will be done only on the non-deprecated
+// functions/classes/member variables/etc.
+#define wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// other compiler (mis)features
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype
+// parameters.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0)
+#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG 1
+
+// VC++ 4.2 and above allows <iostream> and <iostream.h> but you can't mix
+// them. Set to 1 for <iostream.h>, 0 for <iostream>
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: whatever your compiler likes more
+#ifndef __MWERKS__
+#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0
+#else
+#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 1
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// image format support
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at
+// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely
+// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving
+// substantial amount of code in the final library.
+//
+// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources
+// which is mentioned if it is the case.
+
+// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended).
+#define wxUSE_IMAGE 1
+
+// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB.
+#define wxUSE_LIBPNG 1
+
+// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg)
+#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 1
+
+// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff)
+#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 1
+
+// Set to 1 for GIF format support
+#define wxUSE_GIF 1
+
+// Set to 1 for PNM format support
+#define wxUSE_PNM 1
+
+// Set to 1 for PCX format support
+#define wxUSE_PCX 1
+
+// Set to 1 for IFF format support
+#define wxUSE_IFF 0
+
+// Set to 1 for XPM format support
+#define wxUSE_XPM 1
+
+// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support
+#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR 1
+
+// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class
+#define wxUSE_PALETTE 1
+
+// If 1, enables provision of run-time type information.
+// NOW MANDATORY: don't change.
+#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES 1
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_SETUP_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: setup.h
+// Purpose: Configuration for the library
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by: Stefan Csomor
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_SETUP_H_
+#define _WX_SETUP_H_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global settings
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from
+// makefile/project file overriding the value here
+#ifndef wxUSE_GUI
+ #define wxUSE_GUI 1
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// compatibility settings
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.0 API: set it to 1 to
+// enable it
+//
+// Default is 0.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code instead!)
+#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2 0
+
+// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.2 API: set it to 0 to
+// flag all cases of using deprecated functions.
+//
+// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will
+// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear
+// in the version after it completely.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
+#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 1
+
+// in wxMSW version 2.1.11 and earlier, wxIcon always derives from wxBitmap,
+// but this is very dangerous because you can mistakenly pass an icon instead
+// of a bitmap to a function taking "const wxBitmap&" - which will *not* work
+// because an icon is not a valid bitmap
+//
+// Starting from 2.1.12, you have the choice under this backwards compatible
+// behaviour (your code will still compile, but probably won't behave as
+// expected!) and not deriving wxIcon class from wxBitmap, but providing a
+// conversion ctor wxBitmap(const wxIcon&) instead.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0
+#define wxICON_IS_BITMAP 0
+
+// Define as 1 for font size to be backward compatible to 1.63 and earlier.
+// 1.64 and later define point sizes to be compatible with Windows.
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0
+#define wxFONT_SIZE_COMPATIBILITY 0
+
+// Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 to be as per 2.1.16 and before.
+// If migrating between versions, your dialogs may seem to shrink.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0 (the new calculations are more correct!)
+#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY 1
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// debugging settings
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't
+// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but
+// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features
+// as wxWindows memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you
+// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is
+// faster and more fool proof.
+//
+// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug mode
+// (__WXDEBUG__) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0)
+// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined.
+
+// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If
+// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use normal memory operators. It's
+// recommended to set this to 1, since you may well need to output an error log
+// in a production version (or non-debugging beta).
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 but see comment above
+#ifndef __MWERKS__
+#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0
+#else
+#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 1
+#endif
+
+// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF*
+// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined.
+//
+// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if
+// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 but see comment in the beginning of this section
+#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 1
+
+// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally.
+// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors which is a common problem
+// especially if you use another library which also redefines the global new
+// and delete), set this to 0.
+// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0
+#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
+
+// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If
+// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set
+// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently
+// ignored for mingw / cygwin
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0
+#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
+
+// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run
+// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box,
+// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set
+// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work.
+//
+// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler
+// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does)
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it.
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+ #define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 1
+#else
+ #define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Unicode support
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Set wxUSE_UNICODE to 1 to compile wxWindows in Unicode mode: wxChar will be
+// defined as wchar_t, wxString will use Unicode internally. If you set this
+// to 1, you must use wxT() macro for all literal strings in the program.
+//
+// Unicode is currently only fully supported under Windows NT/2000 (Windows 9x
+// doesn't support it and the programs compiled in Unicode mode will not run
+// under 9x).
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0 (unless you only plan to use Windows NT/2000)
+#define wxUSE_UNICODE 0
+
+// Setting wxUSE_WCHAR_T to 1 gives you some degree of Unicode support without
+// compiling the program in Unicode mode. More precisely, it will be possible
+// to construct wxString from a wide (Unicode) string and convert any wxString
+// to Unicode.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global features
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Compile library in exception-safe mode? If set to 1, the library will try to
+// behave correctly in presence of exceptions (even though it still will not
+// use the exceptions itself) and notify the user code about any unhandled
+// exceptions. If set to 0, propagation of the exceptions through the library
+// code will lead to undefined behaviour -- but the code itself will be
+// slightly smaller and faster.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: depends on whether you intend to use C++ exceptions
+// in your own code (1 if you do, 0 if you don't)
+#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 1
+
+// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and
+// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what
+// you are doing.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
+#define wxUSE_LOG 1
+
+// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
+#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 1
+
+// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
+#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 1
+
+// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
+#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 1
+
+// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line)
+#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 1
+
+// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes
+// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread
+// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the
+// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a
+// somewhat smaller and faster operation.
+//
+// This is ignored under Win16, threads are only supported under Win32.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications
+#define wxUSE_THREADS 1
+
+// If enabled (1), compiles wxWindows streams classes
+#define wxUSE_STREAMS 1
+
+// Use standard C++ streams if 1. If 0, use wxWin streams implementation.
+#ifndef __MWERKS__
+#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM 0
+#else
+#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM 1
+#endif
+
+// Use serialization (requires utils/serialize)
+#define wxUSE_SERIAL 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// non GUI features selection
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit
+// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or
+// uses emulation otherwise.
+//
+// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want
+// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit
+// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it
+// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it
+// off.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_LONGLONG 1
+
+// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level
+// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by
+// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others)
+#define wxUSE_FILE 1
+#define wxUSE_FFILE 1
+
+// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile
+#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 1
+
+// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by
+// wxFileConfig
+#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 1
+
+// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile.
+#define wxUSE_INTL 1
+
+// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which
+// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the
+// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards
+// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime).
+//
+// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha
+// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already
+// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at
+// absolutely minimal version of the library.
+//
+// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_DATETIME 1
+
+// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_TIMER 1
+
+// Use wxStopWatch clas.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket)
+#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH 1
+
+// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes
+// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent
+// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the
+// global config object in wxApp.
+//
+// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_CONFIG 1
+
+// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config
+// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under
+// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under
+// Unix.
+//
+// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use
+// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by
+// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and
+// not wxFileConfig.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1
+
+// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows
+// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up
+// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 1
+
+// Compile in classes for run-time DLL loading and function calling.
+// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER.
+//
+// This setting is for Win32 only
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1
+
+// experimental extension, use with caution.
+#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 0
+
+// Set to 1 to use socket classes
+#define wxUSE_SOCKETS 1
+
+// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML)
+#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1
+
+// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
+#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP 1
+
+// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
+#define wxUSE_FS_INET 1
+
+// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes.
+#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM 1
+
+// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by
+// wxUSE_LIBPNG and wxUSE_GZSTREAM.
+#define wxUSE_ZLIB 1
+
+// Set to 1 to compile wxGzipInput/OutputStream classes. Requires wxUSE_ZLIB.
+#define wxUSE_GZSTREAM 1
+
+// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable
+// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different
+// from wxWindows one.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely)
+#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE 1
+
+// Joystick support class
+#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 1
+
+// wxFontMapper class
+#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1
+
+// wxMimeTypesManager class
+#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 1
+
+// wxProtocol and related classes: if you want to use either of wxFTP, wxHTTP
+// or wxURL you need to set this to 1.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1
+
+// The settings for the individual URL schemes
+#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 1
+#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 1
+#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 1
+
+// Define this to use wxURL class.
+#define wxUSE_URL 1
+
+// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to
+// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex
+// library from src/regex to use it under Windows.
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please
+// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it
+#define wxUSE_REGEX 1
+
+// wxSystemOptions class
+#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1
+
+// wxSound class
+#define wxUSE_SOUND 1
+
+// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so
+// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by XRC)
+#define wxUSE_XML 1
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Individual GUI controls
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all
+// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled)
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs)
+#define wxUSE_CONTROLS 1
+
+// wxPopupWindow class is a top level transient window. It is currently used
+// to implement wxTipWindow but doesn't work yet under Mac.
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0
+#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 0
+
+// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the
+// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN.
+//
+// Default is 0
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0
+#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW 0
+
+// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWindows control. They are
+// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your
+// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and
+// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must
+// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 // wxButton
+#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 1 // wxBitmapButton
+#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL 1 // wxCalendarCtrl
+#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 1 // wxCheckBox
+#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 1 // wxCheckListBox (requires wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN)
+#define wxUSE_CHOICE 1 // wxChoice
+#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1 // wxComboBox
+#define wxUSE_GAUGE 1 // wxGauge
+#define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1 // wxListBox
+#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 1 // wxListCtrl
+#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX 1 // wxRadioBox
+#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 1 // wxRadioButton
+#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR 1 // wxScrollBar
+#define wxUSE_SLIDER 1 // wxSlider
+#define wxUSE_SPINBTN 1 // wxSpinButton
+#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 1 // wxSpinCtrl
+#define wxUSE_STATBOX 1 // wxStaticBox
+#define wxUSE_STATLINE 1 // wxStaticLine
+#define wxUSE_STATTEXT 1 // wxStaticText
+#define wxUSE_STATBMP 1 // wxStaticBitmap
+#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 1 // wxTextCtrl
+#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN 0 // requires wxButton
+#define wxUSE_TREECTRL 1 // wxTreeCtrl
+
+// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
+// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 1
+
+// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one
+// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native
+// version should be used.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (there is no advantage in using the generic one)
+#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 1
+
+// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar
+// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless
+// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0.
+//
+// Default is 1 for all settings.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE.
+#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1
+#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 1
+
+// this setting is obsolete, value is ignored
+#define wxUSE_BUTTONBAR 1
+
+// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It
+// may be used ot logically organise the data presented to the user instead of
+// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related
+// classes of wxWin 1.6x.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1
+
+// wxListbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxListCtrl instead of
+// the tabs
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1
+
+// wxTabDialog is a generic version of wxNotebook but it is incompatible with
+// the new class. It shouldn't be used in new code.
+//
+// Default is 0.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 0 (use wxNotebook)
+#define wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG 0
+
+// wxGrid class
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_GRID 1
+
+// wxProperty[Value/Form/List] classes, used by Dialog Editor
+#define wxUSE_PROPSHEET 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Miscellaneous GUI stuff
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar)
+#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1
+
+// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret
+// under Windows).
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library)
+#define wxUSE_CARET 1
+
+// Use wxDisplay class: it allows enumerating all displays on a system and
+// working with them.
+//
+// Default is 0 because it isn't yet implemented on all platforms
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 if you need it, can be safely set to 0 otherwise
+#define wxUSE_DISPLAY 0
+
+// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library
+#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY 1
+
+// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and
+// wxListCtrl.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls
+// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too)
+#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 1
+
+// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW)
+#define wxUSE_MENUS 1
+
+// Use wxSashWindow class.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_SASH 1
+
+// Use wxSplitterWindow class.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_SPLITTER 1
+
+// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 1
+
+// wxValidator class and related methods
+#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1
+
+// wxDC cacheing implementation
+#define wxUSE_DC_CACHEING 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// common dialogs
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g.
+// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the
+// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work)
+#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1
+
+// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way
+// as wxBusyCursor
+#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO 1
+
+// Use single/multiple choice dialogs.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
+#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1
+
+// Use colour picker dialog
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 1
+
+// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user
+#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1
+
+// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one
+
+// Use file open/save dialogs.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself)
+#define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1
+
+// Use find/replace dialogs.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0)
+#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG 1
+
+// Use font picker dialog
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
+#define wxUSE_FONTDLG 1
+
+// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox.
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
+#define wxUSE_MSGDLG 1
+
+// progress dialog class for lengthy operations
+#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1
+
+// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c)
+#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 1
+
+// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function
+#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1
+
+// number entry dialog
+#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1
+
+// splash screen class
+#define wxUSE_SPLASH 1
+
+// wizards
+#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Metafiles support
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not
+// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under
+// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window
+// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in
+// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by
+// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be
+// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting
+// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile
+// in any metafile related classes at all.
+//
+// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS.
+//
+// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs.
+#define wxUSE_METAFILE 1
+#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 1
+#define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Big GUI components
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture
+#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1
+
+// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture
+#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 1
+
+// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code
+#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 1
+
+// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much,
+// much more.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a
+// smaller library.
+#define wxUSE_HTML 1
+
+// OpenGL canvas
+#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Data transfer
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD 1
+
+// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and
+// drop
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 1
+
+// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is
+// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always
+// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1
+#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// miscellaneous settings
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program
+// instance is running (it is only available under Win32)
+//
+// Default is 1
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much
+// space)
+#define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER 1
+
+#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1
+
+#define wxUSE_IPC 0
+ // 0 for no interprocess comms
+#define wxUSE_HELP 1
+ // 0 for no help facility
+#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 1
+ // 0 for no MS HTML Help
+#define wxUSE_RESOURCES 1
+ // 0 for no wxGetResource/wxWriteResource
+#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1
+ // 0 for no window layout constraint system
+
+#define wxUSE_SPLINES 1
+ // 0 for no splines
+
+#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL 1
+ // Include mouse wheel support
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// postscript support settings
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Set to 1 for PostScript device context.
+#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT 0
+
+// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent
+#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// database classes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Define 1 to use ODBC classes
+#define wxUSE_ODBC 0
+
+// For backward compatibility reasons, this parameter now only controls the
+// default scrolling method used by cursors. This default behavior can be
+// overriden by setting the second param of wxDB::wxDbGetConnection() or
+// wxDb() constructor to indicate whether the connection (and any wxDbTable()s
+// that use the connection) should support forward only scrolling of cursors,
+// or both forward and backward support for backward scrolling cursors is
+// dependent on the data source as well as the ODBC driver being used.
+#define wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS 1
+
+// Default is 0. Set to 1 to use the deprecated classes, enum types, function,
+// member variables. With a setting of 1, full backward compatability with the
+// 2.0.x release is possible. It is STRONGLY recommended that this be set to 0,
+// as future development will be done only on the non-deprecated
+// functions/classes/member variables/etc.
+#define wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// other compiler (mis)features
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype
+// parameters.
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0)
+#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG 1
+
+// VC++ 4.2 and above allows <iostream> and <iostream.h> but you can't mix
+// them. Set to 1 for <iostream.h>, 0 for <iostream>
+//
+// Default is 1.
+//
+// Recommended setting: whatever your compiler likes more
+#ifndef __MWERKS__
+#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0
+#else
+#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 1
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// image format support
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at
+// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely
+// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving
+// substantial amount of code in the final library.
+//
+// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources
+// which is mentioned if it is the case.
+
+// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended).
+#define wxUSE_IMAGE 1
+
+// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB.
+#define wxUSE_LIBPNG 1
+
+// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg)
+#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 1
+
+// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff)
+#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 1
+
+// Set to 1 for GIF format support
+#define wxUSE_GIF 1
+
+// Set to 1 for PNM format support
+#define wxUSE_PNM 1
+
+// Set to 1 for PCX format support
+#define wxUSE_PCX 1
+
+// Set to 1 for IFF format support
+#define wxUSE_IFF 0
+
+// Set to 1 for XPM format support
+#define wxUSE_XPM 1
+
+// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support
+#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR 1
+
+// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class
+#define wxUSE_PALETTE 1
+
+// If 1, enables provision of run-time type information.
+// NOW MANDATORY: don't change.
+#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES 1
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_SETUP_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: slider.h
+// Purpose: wxSlider class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_SLIDER_H_
+#define _WX_SLIDER_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "slider.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+#include "wx/slider.h"
+#include "wx/stattext.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxSliderNameStr;
+
+// Slider
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSlider: public wxControl
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider)
+
+public:
+ wxSlider();
+
+ inline wxSlider(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, value, minValue, maxValue, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ ~wxSlider();
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr);
+
+ virtual int GetValue() const ;
+ virtual void SetValue(int);
+
+ void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue);
+
+ inline int GetMin() const { return m_rangeMin; }
+ inline int GetMax() const { return m_rangeMax; }
+
+ void SetMin(int minValue) { SetRange(minValue, m_rangeMax); }
+ void SetMax(int maxValue) { SetRange(m_rangeMin, maxValue); }
+
+ // For trackbars only
+ void SetTickFreq(int n, int pos);
+ inline int GetTickFreq() const { return m_tickFreq; }
+ void SetPageSize(int pageSize);
+ int GetPageSize() const ;
+ void ClearSel() ;
+ void ClearTicks() ;
+ void SetLineSize(int lineSize);
+ int GetLineSize() const ;
+ int GetSelEnd() const ;
+ int GetSelStart() const ;
+ void SetSelection(int minPos, int maxPos);
+ void SetThumbLength(int len) ;
+ int GetThumbLength() const ;
+ void SetTick(int tickPos) ;
+
+
+ // set min/max size of the slider
+ virtual void SetSizeHints( int minW, int minH,
+ int maxW = -1, int maxH = -1,
+ int incW = -1, int incH = -1 );
+
+ protected:
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+ virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int w, int h, int sizeFlags);
+ virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+
+ void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+ void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
+ virtual void MacUpdateDimensions() ;
+
+ wxStaticText* m_macMinimumStatic ;
+ wxStaticText* m_macMaximumStatic ;
+ wxStaticText* m_macValueStatic ;
+
+ int m_rangeMin;
+ int m_rangeMax;
+ int m_pageSize;
+ int m_lineSize;
+ int m_tickFreq;
+private :
+DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_SLIDER_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: sound.h
+// Purpose: wxSound class (loads and plays short Windows .wav files).
+// Optional on non-Windows platforms.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_SOUND_H_
+#define _WX_SOUND_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "sound.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_SOUND
+
+#include "wx/object.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSound : public wxSoundBase
+{
+public:
+ wxSound();
+ wxSound(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = FALSE);
+ wxSound(int size, const wxByte* data);
+ ~wxSound();
+
+public:
+ bool Create(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = FALSE);
+ bool IsOk() const { return !m_sndname.IsEmpty(); }
+
+protected:
+ // prevent collision with some BSD definitions of macro Free()
+ bool FreeData();
+
+ bool DoPlay(unsigned flags) const;
+
+private:
+ void* m_sndChan;
+
+ wxString m_sndname;
+ void* m_hSnd;
+ int m_waveLength;
+ bool m_isResource;
+};
+
+#endif
+#endif
+ // _WX_SOUND_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: spinbutt.h
+// Purpose: wxSpinButton class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
+#define _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "spinbutt.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+#include "wx/event.h"
+
+/*
+ The wxSpinButton is like a small scrollbar than is often placed next
+ to a text control.
+
+ wxSP_HORIZONTAL: horizontal spin button
+ wxSP_VERTICAL: vertical spin button (the default)
+ wxSP_ARROW_KEYS: arrow keys increment/decrement value
+ wxSP_WRAP: value wraps at either end
+ */
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinButton : public wxSpinButtonBase
+{
+public:
+ // construction
+ wxSpinButton();
+
+ wxSpinButton(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id = -1,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
+ const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinButton"))
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+
+ virtual ~wxSpinButton();
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id = -1,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
+ const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinButton"));
+
+
+ // accessors
+ virtual int GetMin() const;
+ virtual int GetMax() const;
+ virtual int GetValue() const;
+ virtual void SetValue(int val);
+ virtual void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal);
+
+ // implementation
+
+ virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
+
+protected:
+ void MacHandleValueChanged( int inc ) ;
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+ int m_value ;
+
+private:
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinButton)
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wx/generic/spinctlg.h
+// Purpose: generic wxSpinCtrl class
+// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 28.10.99
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MAC_SPINCTRL_H_
+#define _WX_MAC_SPINCTRL_H_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxSpinCtrl is a combination of wxSpinButton and wxTextCtrl, so if
+// wxSpinButton is available, this is what we do - but if it isn't, we still
+// define wxSpinCtrl class which then has the same appearance as wxTextCtrl but
+// the different interface. This allows to write programs using wxSpinCtrl
+// without tons of #ifdefs.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+ #pragma interface "spinctlg.h"
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinButton;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxSpinCtrl is a combination of wxTextCtrl and wxSpinButton
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinCtrl : public wxControl
+{
+public:
+ wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
+
+ wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id = -1,
+ const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
+ int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
+ const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"))
+ {
+ Init();
+ Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id = -1,
+ const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
+ int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
+ const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"));
+
+ // wxTextCtrl-like method
+ void SetSelection(long from, long to);
+
+ virtual ~wxSpinCtrl();
+
+ // operations
+ void SetValue(int val);
+ void SetValue(const wxString& text);
+ void SetRange(int min, int max);
+
+ // accessors
+ int GetValue() const;
+ int GetMin() const;
+ int GetMax() const;
+
+ // implementation from now on
+
+ // forward these functions to all subcontrols
+ virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE);
+ virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
+
+ // get the subcontrols
+ wxTextCtrl *GetText() const { return m_text; }
+ wxSpinButton *GetSpinButton() const { return m_btn; }
+
+ // set the value of the text (only)
+ void SetTextValue(int val);
+
+ // put the numeric value of the string in the text ctrl into val and return
+ // TRUE or return FALSE if the text ctrl doesn't contain a number or if the
+ // number is out of range
+ bool GetTextValue(int *val) const;
+
+protected:
+ // override the base class virtuals involved into geometry calculations
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+ virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
+
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+
+private:
+ // the subcontrols
+ wxTextCtrl *m_text;
+ wxSpinButton *m_btn;
+
+private:
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl)
+};
+
+#else // !wxUSE_SPINBTN
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxSpinCtrl is just a text control
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/textctrl.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinCtrl : public wxTextCtrl
+{
+public:
+ wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
+
+ wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id = -1,
+ const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
+ int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
+ const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"))
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id = -1,
+ const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
+ int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
+ const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"))
+ {
+ SetRange(min, max);
+
+ bool ok = wxTextCtrl::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style,
+ wxDefaultValidator, name);
+ SetValue(initial);
+
+ return ok;
+ }
+
+ // accessors
+ int GetValue(int WXUNUSED(dummy) = 1) const
+ {
+ int n;
+ if ( (wxSscanf(wxTextCtrl::GetValue(), wxT("%d"), &n) != 1) )
+ n = INT_MIN;
+
+ return n;
+ }
+
+ int GetMin() const { return m_min; }
+ int GetMax() const { return m_max; }
+
+ // operations
+ void SetValue(const wxString& value) { wxTextCtrl::SetValue(value); }
+ void SetValue(int val) { wxString s; s << val; wxTextCtrl::SetValue(s); }
+ void SetRange(int min, int max) { m_min = min; m_max = max; }
+
+protected:
+ // initialize m_min/max with the default values
+ void Init() { SetRange(0, 100); }
+
+ int m_min;
+ int m_max;
+
+private:
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl)
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN/!wxUSE_SPINBTN
+
+#endif // _WX_MAC_SPINCTRL_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: statbmp.h
+// Purpose: wxStaticBitmap class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_STATBMP_H_
+#define _WX_STATBMP_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "statbmp.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/icon.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBitmap: public wxStaticBitmapBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap)
+ public:
+ inline wxStaticBitmap() { }
+
+ inline wxStaticBitmap(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxBitmap& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxBitmap& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr);
+
+ virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
+
+ virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
+ virtual void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
+ void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ) ;
+
+ wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
+ wxIcon GetIcon() const
+ {
+ // icons and bitmaps are really the same thing in wxMac
+ return (const wxIcon &)m_bitmap;
+ }
+ void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { SetBitmap( (const wxBitmap &)icon ) ; }
+
+ // overriden base class virtuals
+ virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return FALSE; }
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
+
+ protected:
+ wxBitmap m_bitmap;
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_STATBMP_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: statbox.h
+// Purpose: wxStaticBox class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_STATBOX_H_
+#define _WX_STATBOX_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "statbox.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxStaticBoxNameStr;
+
+// Group box
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBox: public wxControl
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBox)
+
+ public:
+ inline wxStaticBox() {}
+ inline wxStaticBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr);
+
+ virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
+ virtual void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
+
+
+protected:
+
+DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_STATBOX_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: mac/statline.h
+// Purpose: a generic wxStaticLine class used for mac before adaptation
+// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
+// Created: 28.06.99
+// Version: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_
+#define _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+ #pragma interface "statline.h"
+#endif
+
+class wxStaticBox;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxStaticLine
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticLine : public wxStaticLineBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticLine)
+
+public:
+ // constructors and pseudo-constructors
+ wxStaticLine() : m_statbox(NULL) { }
+
+ wxStaticLine( wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxString &name = wxStaticTextNameStr )
+ : m_statbox(NULL)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxString &name = wxStaticTextNameStr );
+
+ // it's necessary to override this wxWindow function because we
+ // will want to return the main widget for m_statbox
+ //
+ WXWidget GetMainWidget() const;
+
+protected:
+ // we implement the static line using a static box
+ wxStaticBox *m_statbox;
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: stattext.h
+// Purpose: wxStaticText class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_STATTEXT_H_
+#define _WX_STATTEXT_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "stattext.h"
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticText: public wxStaticTextBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticText)
+ public:
+ inline wxStaticText() : m_label() { }
+
+ inline wxStaticText(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr);
+
+ // accessors
+ void SetLabel( const wxString &str ) ;
+ bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
+
+ // operations
+ virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
+ virtual void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
+ // events
+ void DrawParagraph(wxDC &dc, wxString paragraph, int &y);
+ void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ) ;
+ void OnDraw( wxDC &dc ) ;
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
+ virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return FALSE; }
+ private :
+ wxString m_label ;
+
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_STATTEXT_H_
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: statusbr.h
+// Purpose: native implementation of wxStatusBar. Optional; can use generic
+// version instead.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_STATBAR_H_
+#define _WX_STATBAR_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "statbrma.h"
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxStatusBarMac : public wxStatusBarGeneric
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStatusBarMac);
+
+ wxStatusBarMac();
+ wxStatusBarMac(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, style, name);
+ }
+
+ ~wxStatusBarMac();
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ long style ,
+ const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) ;
+
+ virtual void DrawFieldText(wxDC& dc, int i);
+ virtual void DrawField(wxDC& dc, int i);
+ virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0) ;
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ // Implementation
+
+ virtual void MacSuperEnabled( bool enable ) ;
+
+ void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
+protected:
+
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_STATBAR_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: tabctrl.h
+// Purpose: wxTabCtrl class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_TABCTRL_H_
+#define _WX_TABCTRL_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "tabctrl.h"
+#endif
+
+class wxImageList;
+
+/*
+ * Flags returned by HitTest
+ */
+
+#define wxTAB_HITTEST_NOWHERE 1
+#define wxTAB_HITTEST_ONICON 2
+#define wxTAB_HITTEST_ONLABEL 4
+#define wxTAB_HITTEST_ONITEM 6
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabCtrl: public wxControl
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabCtrl)
+ public:
+ /*
+ * Public interface
+ */
+
+ wxTabCtrl();
+
+ inline wxTabCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0, const wxString& name = wxT("tabCtrl"))
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+ ~wxTabCtrl();
+
+// Accessors
+
+ // Get the selection
+ int GetSelection() const;
+
+ // Get the tab with the current keyboard focus
+ int GetCurFocus() const;
+
+ // Get the associated image list
+ wxImageList* GetImageList() const;
+
+ // Get the number of items
+ int GetItemCount() const;
+
+ // Get the rect corresponding to the tab
+ bool GetItemRect(int item, wxRect& rect) const;
+
+ // Get the number of rows
+ int GetRowCount() const;
+
+ // Get the item text
+ wxString GetItemText(int item) const ;
+
+ // Get the item image
+ int GetItemImage(int item) const;
+
+ // Get the item data
+ void* GetItemData(int item) const;
+
+ // Set the selection
+ int SetSelection(int item);
+
+ // Set the image list
+ void SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList);
+
+ // Set the text for an item
+ bool SetItemText(int item, const wxString& text);
+
+ // Set the image for an item
+ bool SetItemImage(int item, int image);
+
+ // Set the data for an item
+ bool SetItemData(int item, void* data);
+
+ // Set the size for a fixed-width tab control
+ void SetItemSize(const wxSize& size);
+
+ // Set the padding between tabs
+ void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
+
+// Operations
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0, const wxString& name = wxT("tabCtrl"));
+
+ // Delete all items
+ bool DeleteAllItems();
+
+ // Delete an item
+ bool DeleteItem(int item);
+
+ // Hit test
+ int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long& flags);
+
+ // Insert an item
+ bool InsertItem(int item, const wxString& text, int imageId = -1, void* data = NULL);
+
+ void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+
+protected:
+ wxImageList* m_imageList;
+
+DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabEvent: public wxCommandEvent
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabEvent)
+
+ public:
+ wxTabEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0);
+};
+
+typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTabEventFunction)(wxTabEvent&);
+
+#define EVT_TAB_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TAB_SEL_CHANGED, \
+ id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTabEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+#define EVT_TAB_SEL_CHANGING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TAB_SEL_CHANGING, \
+ id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTabEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_TABCTRL_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// File: wx/mac/taskbarosx.h
+// Purpose: Defines wxTaskBarIcon class for OSX
+// Author: Ryan Norton
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 04/04/2003
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton, 2003
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _TASKBAR_H_
+#define _TASKBAR_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "taskbarosx.h"
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTaskBarIcon : public wxTaskBarIconBase
+{
+public:
+ //type of taskbar item to create (currently only DOCK is implemented)
+ enum wxTaskBarIconType
+ {
+ DOCK,
+ STATUSITEM,
+ MENUEXTRA
+ };
+
+ wxTaskBarIcon(const wxTaskBarIconType& nType = DOCK);
+ virtual ~wxTaskBarIcon();
+
+ // Operations:
+ bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip = wxEmptyString);
+ bool RemoveIcon();
+ bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu);
+
+protected:
+ wxTaskBarIconType m_nType;
+
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTaskBarIcon)
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _TASKBAR_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: textctrl.h
+// Purpose: wxTextCtrl class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
+#define _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "textctrl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxTextCtrlNameStr;
+
+// Single-line text item
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl: public wxTextCtrlBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrl)
+
+public:
+ // creation
+ // --------
+ wxTextCtrl() { Init(); }
+ ~wxTextCtrl();
+ wxTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr)
+ {
+ Init();
+
+ Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr);
+
+ // accessors
+ // ---------
+ virtual wxString GetValue() const ;
+ virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
+
+ virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const;
+ virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const;
+ virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const;
+
+ virtual bool IsModified() const;
+ virtual bool IsEditable() const;
+
+ // If the return values from and to are the same, there is no selection.
+ virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const;
+
+ // operations
+ // ----------
+
+ // editing
+
+ virtual void Clear();
+ virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
+ virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
+
+ // load the controls contents from the file
+ virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file);
+
+ // sets/clears the dirty flag
+ virtual void MarkDirty();
+ virtual void DiscardEdits();
+
+ // set the max number of characters which may be entered in a single line
+ // text control
+ virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long len) ;
+
+ // text control under some platforms supports the text styles: these
+ // methods allow to apply the given text style to the given selection or to
+ // set/get the style which will be used for all appended text
+ virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style);
+ virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
+
+ // writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always
+ // inserts it at the end
+ virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
+ virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text);
+
+ // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl
+ // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates
+ // which represent column and line.
+ virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
+ virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const;
+
+ virtual void ShowPosition(long pos);
+
+ // Clipboard operations
+ virtual void Copy();
+ virtual void Cut();
+ virtual void Paste();
+
+ virtual bool CanCopy() const;
+ virtual bool CanCut() const;
+ virtual bool CanPaste() const;
+
+ // Undo/redo
+ virtual void Undo();
+ virtual void Redo();
+
+ virtual bool CanUndo() const;
+ virtual bool CanRedo() const;
+
+ // Insertion point
+ virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
+ virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
+ virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
+ virtual long GetLastPosition() const;
+
+ virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
+ virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
+
+ // Implementation from now on
+ // --------------------------
+
+ // Implementation
+ // --------------
+ virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+
+ virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const;
+
+ // callbacks
+ void OnDropFiles(wxDropFilesEvent& event);
+ void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); // Process 'enter' if required
+
+ void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event);
+ void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
+ void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event);
+ void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event);
+ void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event);
+
+ void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
+ void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
+ void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
+ void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
+ void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
+
+ virtual bool MacCanFocus() const { return true ; }
+ virtual bool MacSetupCursor( const wxPoint& pt ) ;
+
+ virtual void MacSuperShown( bool show ) ;
+ virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE) ;
+
+protected:
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+
+ bool m_editable ;
+
+ // flag is set to true when the user edits the controls contents
+ bool m_dirty;
+
+ // one of the following objects is used for representation, the other one is NULL
+ void* m_macTE ;
+ void* m_macTXN ;
+ void* m_macTXNvars ;
+ bool m_macUsesTXN ;
+ unsigned long m_maxLength ;
+
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wx/mac/tglbtn.h
+// Purpose: Declaration of the wxToggleButton class, which implements a
+// toggle button under wxMac.
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 08.02.01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 2004 Stefan Csomor
+// License: wxWindows License
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
+#define _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxCheckBoxNameStr;
+
+// Checkbox item (single checkbox)
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxToggleButton : public wxControl
+{
+public:
+ wxToggleButton() {}
+ wxToggleButton(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
+
+ virtual void SetValue(bool value);
+ virtual bool GetValue() const ;
+
+ virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
+
+ virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+
+protected:
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+
+private:
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxToggleButton)
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: timer.h
+// Purpose: wxTimer class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_TIMER_H_
+#define _WX_TIMER_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "timer.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/object.h"
+#include "wx/mac/macnotfy.h"
+
+class wxTimer ;
+
+struct MacTimerInfo ;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTimer: public wxTimerBase
+{
+public:
+ wxTimer() { Init(); }
+ wxTimer(wxEvtHandler *owner, int id = -1) : wxTimerBase(owner, id) { Init(); }
+ ~wxTimer();
+
+ virtual bool Start(int milliseconds = -1,
+ bool one_shot = FALSE); // Start timer
+ virtual void Stop(); // Stop timer
+
+ virtual bool IsRunning() const ;
+
+ MacTimerInfo* m_info;
+protected :
+ void Init();
+private:
+
+ DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxTimer)
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_TIMER_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: toolbar.h
+// Purpose: wxToolBar class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_TOOLBAR_H_
+#define _WX_TOOLBAR_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "toolbar.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
+
+#include "wx/tbarbase.h"
+#include "wx/dynarray.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxToolBarNameStr;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBar: public wxToolBarBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
+ public:
+ /*
+ * Public interface
+ */
+
+ wxToolBar() { Init(); }
+
+
+ inline wxToolBar(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr)
+ {
+ Init();
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+ ~wxToolBar();
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
+
+ // override/implement base class virtuals
+ virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
+
+ virtual bool Realize();
+
+ virtual void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size);
+ virtual wxSize GetToolSize() const;
+
+ virtual void SetRows(int nRows);
+
+ // Add all the buttons
+
+ virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
+ virtual wxString MacGetToolTipString( wxPoint &where ) ;
+ void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) ;
+ void OnMouse(wxMouseEvent& event) ;
+ virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition() ;
+protected:
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+
+ // implement base class pure virtuals
+ virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
+ virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
+
+ virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable);
+ virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
+ virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
+
+ virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
+ const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
+ wxItemKind kind,
+ wxObject *clientData,
+ const wxString& shortHelp,
+ const wxString& longHelp);
+ virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control);
+
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_TOOLBAR_H_
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: mac/tooltip.h
+// Purpose: wxToolTip class - tooltip control
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 31.01.99
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1999 Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin, Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+class wxToolTip : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+ // ctor & dtor
+ wxToolTip(const wxString &tip);
+ virtual ~wxToolTip();
+
+ // accessors
+ // tip text
+ void SetTip(const wxString& tip);
+ const wxString& GetTip() const { return m_text; }
+
+ // the window we're associated with
+ void SetWindow(wxWindow *win);
+ wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_window; }
+
+ // controlling tooltip behaviour: globally change tooltip parameters
+ // enable or disable the tooltips globally
+ static void Enable(bool flag);
+ // set the delay after which the tooltip appears
+ static void SetDelay(long milliseconds);
+ static void NotifyWindowDelete( WXHWND win ) ;
+
+ // implementation only from now on
+ // -------------------------------
+
+ // should be called in response to mouse events
+ static void RelayEvent(wxWindow *win , wxMouseEvent &event);
+ static void RemoveToolTips();
+
+private:
+ wxString m_text; // tooltip text
+ wxWindow *m_window; // window we're associated with
+ DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxToolTip)
+};
+
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wx/mac/toplevel.h
+// Purpose: wxTopLevelWindowMac is the Mac implementation of wxTLW
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 20.09.01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 2001 Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_
+#define _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+ #pragma interface "toplevel.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
+ #define wxMAC_WINDOW_PLAIN_TRANSITION _T("mac.window-plain-transition")
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxTopLevelWindowMac
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTopLevelWindowMac : public wxTopLevelWindowBase
+{
+public:
+ // constructors and such
+ wxTopLevelWindowMac() { Init(); }
+
+ wxTopLevelWindowMac(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
+ const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
+ {
+ Init();
+
+ (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
+ const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
+
+ virtual ~wxTopLevelWindowMac();
+
+ // implement base class pure virtuals
+ virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = TRUE);
+ virtual bool IsMaximized() const;
+ virtual void Iconize(bool iconize = TRUE);
+ virtual bool IsIconized() const;
+ virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
+ virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons) { SetIcon( icons.GetIcon( -1 ) ); }
+ virtual void Restore();
+
+ virtual bool SetShape(const wxRegion& region);
+
+ virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show), long WXUNUSED(style) = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL)
+ { return FALSE; }
+ virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return FALSE; }
+
+ // implementation from now on
+ // --------------------------
+
+ static void MacDelayedDeactivation(long timestamp);
+ virtual void MacCreateRealWindow( const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name ) ;
+ static WXWindow MacGetWindowInUpdate() { return s_macWindowInUpdate ; }
+ virtual void MacGetPortParams(WXPOINTPTR localOrigin, WXRECTPTR clipRect, WXWindow *window , wxWindowMac** rootwin ) ;
+ virtual void ClearBackground() ;
+ virtual WXWidget MacGetContainerForEmbedding() ;
+ WXWindow MacGetWindowRef() { return m_macWindow ; }
+ virtual void MacActivate( long timestamp , bool inIsActivating ) ;
+ virtual void MacUpdate( long timestamp ) ;
+#if !TARGET_CARBON
+ virtual void MacMouseDown( WXEVENTREF ev , short windowPart ) ;
+ virtual void MacMouseUp( WXEVENTREF ev , short windowPart ) ;
+ virtual void MacMouseMoved( WXEVENTREF ev , short windowPart ) ;
+ virtual void MacKeyDown( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
+#endif
+ virtual void MacFireMouseEvent( wxUint16 kind , wxInt32 x , wxInt32 y ,wxUint32 modifiers , long timestamp ) ;
+ virtual void Raise();
+ virtual void Lower();
+ virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title);
+ virtual bool Show( bool show = TRUE );
+ virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
+ void MacInvalidate( const WXRECTPTR rect, bool eraseBackground ) ;
+ short MacGetWindowBackgroundTheme() const { return m_macWindowBackgroundTheme ; }
+ static bool MacEnableCompositing( bool useCompositing );
+ bool MacUsesCompositing() { return m_macUsesCompositing; }
+
+#if TARGET_CARBON
+ WXEVENTHANDLERREF MacGetEventHandler() { return m_macEventHandler ; }
+#endif
+protected:
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+
+ // is the frame currently iconized?
+ bool m_iconized;
+
+ // should the frame be maximized when it will be shown? set by Maximize()
+ // when it is called while the frame is hidden
+ bool m_maximizeOnShow;
+ bool m_macUsesCompositing ;
+
+ short m_macWindowBackgroundTheme ;
+ WXWindow m_macWindow ;
+ WXWidget m_macRootControl ;
+ wxWindowMac* m_macFocus ;
+ WXHRGN m_macNoEraseUpdateRgn ;
+ bool m_macNeedsErasing ;
+
+ static WXWindow s_macWindowInUpdate ;
+ static wxTopLevelWindowMac *s_macDeactivateWindow;
+ static bool s_macWindowCompositing ;
+private :
+#if TARGET_CARBON
+ WXEVENTHANDLERREF m_macEventHandler ;
+#endif
+};
+
+// list of all frames and modeless dialogs
+extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxWindowList) wxModelessWindows;
+
+// associate mac windows with wx counterparts
+
+wxTopLevelWindowMac* wxFindWinFromMacWindow( WXWindow inWindow ) ;
+void wxAssociateWinWithMacWindow(WXWindow inWindow, wxTopLevelWindowMac *win) ;
+void wxRemoveMacWindowAssociation(wxTopLevelWindowMac *win) ;
+
+
+#endif // _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: treectrl.h
+// Purpose: wxTreeCtrl class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_TREECTRL_H_
+#define _WX_TREECTRL_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "treectrl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+#include "wx/event.h"
+#include "wx/imaglist.h"
+
+#define wxTREE_MASK_HANDLE 0x0001
+#define wxTREE_MASK_STATE 0x0002
+#define wxTREE_MASK_TEXT 0x0004
+#define wxTREE_MASK_IMAGE 0x0008
+#define wxTREE_MASK_SELECTED_IMAGE 0x0010
+#define wxTREE_MASK_CHILDREN 0x0020
+#define wxTREE_MASK_DATA 0x0040
+
+#define wxTREE_STATE_BOLD 0x0001
+#define wxTREE_STATE_DROPHILITED 0x0002
+#define wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED 0x0004
+#define wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDEDONCE 0x0008
+#define wxTREE_STATE_FOCUSED 0x0010
+#define wxTREE_STATE_SELECTED 0x0020
+#define wxTREE_STATE_CUT 0x0040
+
+#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ABOVE 0x0001 // Above the client area.
+#define wxTREE_HITTEST_BELOW 0x0002 // Below the client area.
+#define wxTREE_HITTEST_NOWHERE 0x0004 // In the client area but below the last item.
+#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON 0x0010 // On the button associated with an item.
+#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON 0x0020 // On the bitmap associated with an item.
+#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMINDENT 0x0040 // In the indentation associated with an item.
+#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL 0x0080 // On the label (string) associated with an item.
+#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT 0x0100 // In the area to the right of an item.
+#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x0200 // On the state icon for a tree view item that is in a user-defined state.
+#define wxTREE_HITTEST_TOLEFT 0x0400 // To the right of the client area.
+#define wxTREE_HITTEST_TORIGHT 0x0800 // To the left of the client area.
+
+#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEM (wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL | wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON)
+
+// Flags for GetNextItem
+enum {
+ wxTREE_NEXT_CARET, // Retrieves the currently selected item.
+ wxTREE_NEXT_CHILD, // Retrieves the first child item. The hItem parameter must be NULL.
+ wxTREE_NEXT_DROPHILITE, // Retrieves the item that is the target of a drag-and-drop operation.
+ wxTREE_NEXT_FIRSTVISIBLE, // Retrieves the first visible item.
+ wxTREE_NEXT_NEXT, // Retrieves the next sibling item.
+ wxTREE_NEXT_NEXTVISIBLE, // Retrieves the next visible item that follows the specified item.
+ wxTREE_NEXT_PARENT, // Retrieves the parent of the specified item.
+ wxTREE_NEXT_PREVIOUS, // Retrieves the previous sibling item.
+ wxTREE_NEXT_PREVIOUSVISIBLE, // Retrieves the first visible item that precedes the specified item.
+ wxTREE_NEXT_ROOT // Retrieves the first child item of the root item of which the specified item is a part.
+};
+
+// Flags for ExpandItem
+enum {
+ wxTREE_EXPAND_EXPAND,
+ wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE,
+ wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE_RESET,
+ wxTREE_EXPAND_TOGGLE
+};
+
+// Flags for InsertItem
+enum {
+ wxTREE_INSERT_LAST = -1,
+ wxTREE_INSERT_FIRST = -2,
+ wxTREE_INSERT_SORT = -3
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeItem: public wxObject
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeItem)
+public:
+ long m_mask;
+ long m_itemId;
+ long m_state;
+ long m_stateMask;
+ wxString m_text;
+ int m_image;
+ int m_selectedImage;
+ int m_children;
+ long m_data;
+
+ wxTreeItem();
+
+// Accessors
+ inline long GetMask() const { return m_mask; }
+ inline long GetItemId() const { return m_itemId; }
+ inline long GetState() const { return m_state; }
+ inline long GetStateMask() const { return m_stateMask; }
+ inline wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
+ inline int GetImage() const { return m_image; }
+ inline int GetSelectedImage() const { return m_selectedImage; }
+ inline int GetChildren() const { return m_children; }
+ inline long GetData() const { return m_data; }
+
+ inline void SetMask(long mask) { m_mask = mask; }
+ inline void SetItemId(long id) { m_itemId = m_itemId = id; }
+ inline void SetState(long state) { m_state = state; }
+ inline void SetStateMask(long stateMask) { m_stateMask = stateMask; }
+ inline void GetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; }
+ inline void SetImage(int image) { m_image = image; }
+ inline void GetSelectedImage(int selImage) { m_selectedImage = selImage; }
+ inline void SetChildren(int children) { m_children = children; }
+ inline void SetData(long data) { m_data = data; }
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeCtrl: public wxControl
+{
+public:
+ /*
+ * Public interface
+ */
+
+ // creation
+ // --------
+ wxTreeCtrl();
+
+ inline wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS|wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = "wxTreeCtrl")
+ {
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+ ~wxTreeCtrl();
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS|wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = "wxTreeCtrl");
+
+ // accessors
+ // ---------
+ //
+ int GetCount() const;
+
+ // indent
+ int GetIndent() const;
+ void SetIndent(int indent);
+ // image list
+ wxImageList *GetImageList(int which = wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL) const;
+ void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which = wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL);
+
+ // navigation inside the tree
+ long GetNextItem(long item, int code) const;
+ bool ItemHasChildren(long item) const;
+ long GetChild(long item) const;
+ long GetItemParent(long item) const;
+ long GetFirstVisibleItem() const;
+ long GetNextVisibleItem(long item) const;
+ long GetSelection() const;
+ long GetRootItem() const;
+
+ // generic function for (g|s)etting item attributes
+ bool GetItem(wxTreeItem& info) const;
+ bool SetItem(wxTreeItem& info);
+ // item state
+ int GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const;
+ bool SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask);
+ // item image
+ bool SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage);
+ // item text
+ wxString GetItemText(long item) const;
+ void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str);
+ // custom data associated with the item
+ long GetItemData(long item) const;
+ bool SetItemData(long item, long data);
+ // convenience function
+ bool IsItemExpanded(long item)
+ {
+ return (GetItemState(item, wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED) &
+ wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED) != 0;
+ }
+
+ // bounding rect
+ bool GetItemRect(long item, wxRect& rect, bool textOnly = FALSE) const;
+ //
+ wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const;
+
+ // operations
+ // ----------
+ // adding/deleting items
+ bool DeleteItem(long item);
+ long InsertItem(long parent, wxTreeItem& info,
+ long insertAfter = wxTREE_INSERT_LAST);
+ // If image > -1 and selImage == -1, the same image is used for
+ // both selected and unselected items.
+ long InsertItem(long parent, const wxString& label,
+ int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
+ long insertAfter = wxTREE_INSERT_LAST);
+
+ // changing item state
+ bool ExpandItem(long item) { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_EXPAND); }
+ bool CollapseItem(long item) { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE); }
+ bool ToggleItem(long item) { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_TOGGLE); }
+ // common interface for {Expand|Collapse|Toggle}Item
+ bool ExpandItem(long item, int action);
+
+ //
+ bool SelectItem(long item);
+ bool ScrollTo(long item);
+ bool DeleteAllItems();
+
+ // Edit the label (tree must have the focus)
+ wxTextCtrl* EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl));
+
+ // End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit
+ bool EndEditLabel(bool cancel);
+
+ long HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags);
+ // wxImageList *CreateDragImage(long item);
+ bool SortChildren(long item);
+ bool EnsureVisible(long item);
+
+ void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); };
+
+protected:
+ wxTextCtrl* m_textCtrl;
+ wxImageList* m_imageListNormal;
+ wxImageList* m_imageListState;
+
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl)
+};
+
+/*
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG,
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG,
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT,
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT,
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM,
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO,
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO,
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED,
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING,
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED,
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING,
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED,
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING,
+ wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN
+*/
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeEvent: public wxCommandEvent
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeEvent)
+
+ public:
+ wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0);
+
+ int m_code;
+ wxTreeItem m_item;
+ long m_oldItem;
+ wxPoint m_pointDrag;
+
+ inline long GetOldItem() const { return m_oldItem; }
+ inline wxTreeItem& GetItem() const { return (wxTreeItem&) m_item; }
+ inline wxPoint GetPoint() const { return m_pointDrag; }
+ inline int GetCode() const { return m_code; }
+};
+
+typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTreeEventFunction)(wxTreeEvent&);
+
+#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+#define EVT_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+#define EVT_TREE_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+#define EVT_TREE_GET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+#define EVT_TREE_SET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+#define EVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_TREECTRL_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: uma.h
+// Purpose: Universal MacOS API
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 03/02/99
+// RCS-ID: $Id:
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef H_UMA
+#define H_UMA
+
+#include "wx/mac/private.h"
+
+void UMAInitToolbox( UInt16 inMoreMastersCalls, bool isEmbedded) ;
+void UMACleanupToolbox() ;
+long UMAGetSystemVersion() ;
+bool UMAHasAppearance() ;
+long UMAGetAppearanceVersion() ;
+bool UMAHasWindowManager() ;
+long UMAGetWindowManagerAttr() ;
+bool UMAHasAquaLayout() ;
+
+bool UMASystemIsInitialized() ;
+void UMASetSystemIsInitialized(bool val);
+
+// process manager
+
+long UMAGetProcessMode() ;
+bool UMAGetProcessModeDoesActivateOnFGSwitch() ;
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+
+// menu manager
+
+MenuRef UMANewMenu( SInt16 id , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding) ;
+void UMASetMenuTitle( MenuRef menu , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding) ;
+UInt32 UMAMenuEvent( EventRecord *inEvent ) ;
+void UMAEnableMenuItem( MenuRef inMenu , MenuItemIndex item , bool enable ) ;
+
+void UMAAppendSubMenuItem( MenuRef menu , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding , SInt16 submenuid ) ;
+void UMAInsertSubMenuItem( MenuRef menu , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding , MenuItemIndex item , SInt16 submenuid ) ;
+void UMAAppendMenuItem( MenuRef menu , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding , wxAcceleratorEntry *entry = NULL ) ;
+void UMAInsertMenuItem( MenuRef menu , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding , MenuItemIndex item , wxAcceleratorEntry *entry = NULL ) ;
+void UMASetMenuItemShortcut( MenuRef menu , MenuItemIndex item , wxAcceleratorEntry *entry ) ;
+
+void UMASetMenuItemText( MenuRef menu, MenuItemIndex item, const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding ) ;
+
+// quickdraw
+
+void UMAShowWatchCursor() ;
+void UMAShowArrowCursor() ;
+
+#if !TARGET_CARBON
+OSStatus UMAPrOpen() ;
+OSStatus UMAPrClose() ;
+#endif
+
+// window manager
+
+GrafPtr UMAGetWindowPort( WindowRef inWindowRef ) ;
+void UMADisposeWindow( WindowRef inWindowRef ) ;
+void UMASetWTitle( WindowRef inWindowRef , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding) ;
+
+void UMADrawGrowIcon( WindowRef inWindowRef ) ;
+void UMAShowHide( WindowRef inWindowRef , Boolean show) ;
+
+// appearance manager
+
+void UMADrawControl( ControlHandle inControl ) ;
+
+void UMAEnableControl( ControlHandle inControl ) ;
+void UMADisableControl( ControlHandle inControl ) ;
+void UMAActivateControl( ControlHandle inControl ) ;
+void UMADeactivateControl( ControlHandle inControl ) ;
+// ControlPartCode hiliteState) ;
+void UMAShowControl (ControlHandle theControl) ;
+void UMAHideControl (ControlHandle theControl);
+void UMAActivateControl (ControlHandle inControl);
+void UMADeactivateControl (ControlHandle inControl);
+void UMASetControlTitle( ControlHandle inControl , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding) ;
+
+void UMAMoveControl( ControlHandle inControl , short x , short y ) ;
+void UMASizeControl( ControlHandle inControl , short x , short y ) ;
+// control hierarchy
+
+// keyboard focus
+OSErr UMASetKeyboardFocus (WindowPtr inWindow,
+ ControlHandle inControl,
+ ControlFocusPart inPart) ;
+
+// events
+
+void UMAUpdateControls( WindowPtr inWindow , RgnHandle inRgn ) ;
+OSErr UMAGetRootControl( WindowPtr inWindow , ControlHandle *outControl ) ;
+
+// handling control data
+bool UMAIsWindowFloating( WindowRef inWindow ) ;
+bool UMAIsWindowModal( WindowRef inWindow ) ;
+
+void UMAHighlightAndActivateWindow( WindowRef inWindowRef , bool inActivate ) ;
+
+OSStatus UMAGetHelpMenu(
+ MenuRef * outHelpMenu,
+ MenuItemIndex * outFirstCustomItemIndex); /* can be NULL */
+
+// Appearance Drawing
+
+OSStatus UMADrawThemePlacard( const Rect *inRect , ThemeDrawState inState ) ;
+
+// Clipboard support
+
+OSStatus UMAPutScrap( Size size , OSType type , void *data ) ;
+
+// accessor helpers
+
+#if !TARGET_CARBON
+#define ClearCurrentScrap() ZeroScrap() ;
+#define GetApplicationScript() smSystemScript
+#else
+
+// calls not in carbon
+
+#endif
+#define GetWindowUpdateRgn( inWindow , updateRgn ) GetWindowRegion( inWindow , kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn )
+
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: window.h
+// Purpose: wxWindowMac class
+// Author: Stefan Csomor
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 1998-01-01
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_WINDOW_H_
+#define _WX_WINDOW_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "window.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/brush.h"
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// forward declarations
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxButton;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollBar;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxTopLevelWindowMac;
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowMac: public wxWindowBase
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowMac)
+
+ friend class wxDC;
+ friend class wxPaintDC;
+
+public:
+
+ wxWindowMac()
+ : m_macBackgroundBrush()
+ , m_macVisibleRegion()
+ , m_x(0), m_y(0), m_width(0), m_height(0)
+ , m_hScrollBar(NULL), m_vScrollBar(NULL)
+ , m_label(wxEmptyString)
+ { Init(); }
+
+ wxWindowMac(wxWindowMac *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
+ {
+ Init();
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+
+ virtual ~wxWindowMac();
+
+ bool Create(wxWindowMac *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = 0,
+ const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
+
+
+ // implement base class pure virtuals
+ virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title);
+ virtual wxString GetTitle() const;
+
+ virtual void Raise();
+ virtual void Lower();
+
+ virtual bool Show( bool show = TRUE );
+ virtual bool Enable( bool enable = TRUE );
+
+ virtual void SetFocus();
+
+ virtual void WarpPointer(int x, int y);
+
+ virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = TRUE,
+ const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL );
+
+ virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor );
+ virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font)
+ { return wxWindowBase::SetFont(font); }
+ virtual int GetCharHeight() const;
+ virtual int GetCharWidth() const;
+ virtual void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
+ int *x, int *y,
+ int *descent = (int *) NULL,
+ int *externalLeading = (int *) NULL,
+ const wxFont *theFont = (const wxFont *) NULL)
+ const;
+
+ virtual bool DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y );
+
+ virtual void SetScrollbar( int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
+ int range, bool refresh = TRUE );
+ virtual void SetScrollPos( int orient, int pos, bool refresh = TRUE );
+ virtual int GetScrollPos( int orient ) const;
+ virtual int GetScrollThumb( int orient ) const;
+ virtual int GetScrollRange( int orient ) const;
+ virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy,
+ const wxRect* rect = (wxRect *) NULL );
+
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+ virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget );
+#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+
+ // Accept files for dragging
+ virtual void DragAcceptFiles(bool accept);
+
+ // Native resource loading (implemented in src/msw/nativdlg.cpp)
+ // FIXME: should they really be all virtual?
+ wxWindowMac* GetWindowChild1(wxWindowID id);
+ wxWindowMac* GetWindowChild(wxWindowID id);
+
+ // implementation from now on
+ // --------------------------
+
+ void MacClientToRootWindow( int *x , int *y ) const ;
+ void MacRootWindowToClient( int *x , int *y ) const ;
+ void MacWindowToRootWindow( int *x , int *y ) const ;
+ void MacRootWindowToWindow( int *x , int *y ) const ;
+
+ virtual wxString MacGetToolTipString( wxPoint &where ) ;
+
+ // simple accessors
+ // ----------------
+
+// WXHWND GetHWND() const { return m_hWnd; }
+// void SetHWND(WXHWND hWnd) { m_hWnd = hWnd; }
+ virtual WXWidget GetHandle() const { return (WXWidget) NULL ; }
+
+ bool GetTransparentBackground() const { return m_backgroundTransparent; }
+ void SetTransparent(bool t = TRUE) { m_backgroundTransparent = t; }
+
+ // event handlers
+ // --------------
+ void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) ;
+ void OnNcPaint(wxNcPaintEvent& event);
+ void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
+ void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent &event ) ;
+
+ void MacOnScroll(wxScrollEvent&event ) ;
+
+ bool AcceptsFocus() const ;
+
+public:
+ void OnInternalIdle();
+
+ // For implementation purposes - sometimes decorations make the client area
+ // smaller
+ virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
+
+ wxWindowMac *FindItem(long id) const;
+ wxWindowMac *FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly = FALSE) const;
+
+ // Make a Windows extended style from the given wxWindows window style
+ static WXDWORD MakeExtendedStyle(long style,
+ bool eliminateBorders = TRUE);
+ // Determine whether 3D effects are wanted
+ WXDWORD Determine3DEffects(WXDWORD defaultBorderStyle, bool *want3D) const;
+
+ // MSW only: TRUE if this control is part of the main control
+ virtual bool ContainsHWND(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd)) const { return FALSE; };
+
+ // Setup background and foreground colours correctly
+ virtual void SetupColours();
+
+public:
+ static bool MacGetWindowFromPoint( const wxPoint &point , wxWindowMac** outWin ) ;
+ virtual bool MacGetWindowFromPointSub( const wxPoint &point , wxWindowMac** outWin ) ;
+ virtual void MacRedraw( WXHRGN updatergn , long time , bool erase) ;
+ virtual bool MacCanFocus() const { return true ; }
+
+ virtual bool MacDispatchMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event ) ;
+ // this should not be overriden in classes above wxWindowMac because it is called from its destructor via DeleteChildren
+ virtual void RemoveChild( wxWindowBase *child );
+ virtual void MacPaintBorders( int left , int top ) ;
+ WXWindow MacGetRootWindow() const ;
+ wxTopLevelWindowMac* MacGetTopLevelWindow() const ;
+
+ virtual WXWidget MacGetContainerForEmbedding() ;
+
+ virtual long MacGetLeftBorderSize() const ;
+ virtual long MacGetRightBorderSize() const ;
+ virtual long MacGetTopBorderSize() const ;
+ virtual long MacGetBottomBorderSize() const ;
+
+ static long MacRemoveBordersFromStyle( long style ) ;
+ virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition() ;
+ // the absolute coordinates of this item within the toplevel window may have changed
+ virtual void MacUpdateDimensions() {}
+ // the absolute coortinates of this window's root have changed
+ virtual void MacTopLevelWindowChangedPosition() ;
+ virtual void MacSuperShown( bool show ) ;
+ virtual void MacSuperEnabled( bool enable ) ;
+ bool MacIsReallyShown() const ;
+ virtual void Update() ;
+ // for compatibility
+ void MacUpdateImmediately() { Update() ; }
+ virtual bool MacSetupCursor( const wxPoint& pt ) ;
+
+// virtual bool MacSetPortDrawingParams( const Point & localOrigin, const Rect & clipRect, WindowRef window , wxWindowMac* rootwin ) ;
+// virtual void MacGetPortParams(Point* localOrigin, Rect* clipRect, WindowRef *window , wxWindowMac** rootwin ) ;
+// virtual void MacGetPortClientParams(Point* localOrigin, Rect* clipRect, WindowRef *window , wxWindowMac** rootwin) ;
+ const wxBrush& MacGetBackgroundBrush() ;
+ const wxRegion& MacGetVisibleRegion( bool respectChildrenAndSiblings = true ) ;
+ bool MacIsWindowScrollbar( const wxScrollBar* sb )
+ { return (m_hScrollBar == sb || m_vScrollBar == sb) ; }
+ static wxWindowMac* s_lastMouseWindow ;
+private:
+protected:
+ wxBrush m_macBackgroundBrush ;
+ wxRegion m_macVisibleRegion ;
+ int m_x ;
+ int m_y ;
+ int m_width ;
+ int m_height ;
+
+ wxScrollBar* m_hScrollBar ;
+ wxScrollBar* m_vScrollBar ;
+ wxString m_label ;
+
+ void MacCreateScrollBars( long style ) ;
+ void MacRepositionScrollBars() ;
+
+ bool m_backgroundTransparent ;
+
+ // implement the base class pure virtuals
+ virtual void DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const;
+ virtual void DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const;
+ virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const;
+ virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
+ virtual void DoGetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
+ virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
+ int width, int height,
+ int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
+ virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
+
+ virtual void DoCaptureMouse();
+ virtual void DoReleaseMouse();
+
+ // move the window to the specified location and resize it: this is called
+ // from both DoSetSize() and DoSetClientSize() and would usually just call
+ // ::MoveWindow() except for composite controls which will want to arrange
+ // themselves inside the given rectangle
+ virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
+
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+ virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip );
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
+private:
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+
+ DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowMac)
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+ // _WX_WINDOW_H_
projects / wxWidgets.git / commitdiff
